HomeMy WebLinkAbout006-78 James Wood High School - Apple Pie Ridge Campus - Gainesboro R-3 - Approved - BackfileCONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
EREDERICK COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD
FREDERICK COUNTY, VIRGINIA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL (RIDGE CAMPUS)
,ti PHASE 1 ATHLETIC COMPLEX
gilbert w. clifford & associates, inc.
ENGINEERS - LAND PLANNERS - SURVEYORS
FREDERICKSBURG - WINCHESTER
VIR GINIA
•
•
FREDERICK COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD
FREDERICK COUNTY, VIRGINIA
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL (RIDGE CAMPUS)
PHASE 1 ATHLETIC COMPLEX
OWNER
FREDERICK COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD
ATTN: DR. KENNETH WALKER, SUPERINTENDENT
FREDERICK COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
1415 AMHERST STREET
WINCHESTER, VIRGINIA 22601
PREPARED BY
GILBERT W. CLIFFORD AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
ENGINEERS - LAND PLANNERS - SURVEYORS
• OFFICE LOCATIONS
150C OLDE GREENWICH DRIVE 20 SOUTH CAMERON STREET
FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA WINCHESTER, VIRGINIA
MAILING ADDRESSES
150C OLDE GREENWICH DRIVE
FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA 22401
FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA
(703) 898-2115
•
TELEPHONES
P.O. BOX 2104
WINCHESTER, VIRGINIA 22601
WINCHESTER, VIRGINIA
(703) 667-2139
DECEMBER, 1984
L'
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FREDERICK COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL (RIDGE CAMPUS)
PHASE I ATHLETIC COMPLEX
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section Title
Request for Bids
Information for Bidders
Bid Proposal
Bid Bond
Contractor's Qualification Statement
Agreement
Payment Bond
• Performance Bond
Notice of Award
Notice to Proceed
Change Order
General Conditions
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS
Section No. Title
I
General
II
Earthwork
III
Concrete
IV
Piping, Fittings, Specials, Valves and Hydrants
isVI
V
Water Main Installation
Sanitary Sewers and Force Mains
VII
Disinfection and Tests
VIII
Topsoiling, Seeding & Spriging
IX
Electrical
X
Irrigation System
XI
Measurement and Payment
DRAWING INDEX
Sheet No.
Description
1
Cover Sheet
2
Master Plan
3
Master Plan and Details
4 - 8
Cross Sections
9
Storm Sewer & Water Profiles
10
Sanitary Sewer & Water Profiles
•
11
Water Profiles & Erosion Details
12
Irrigation Layout & Details
• REQUEST FOR BIDS
Sealed proposals for the construction of the James Wood High School (Ridge
Campus) Phase 1 Athletic Complex will be received by the Frederick County School
Board until local time, 1985 at which time they will be
publicly opened and read aloud. Bids received after that time will be returned
unopened.
Copies of the plans and specifications and other contract documents are on
file and available for public inspection in the office of the Superintendent
and Gilbert W. Clifford and Associates, Inc. at 20 South Cameron Street, Win-
chester, Virginia 22601. Copies of the documents may be obtained at the
office of Gilbert W. Clifford and Associates, Inc. in Winchester (703) 667-2139
upon deposit of a $35.00 non-refundable amount. Only complete sets will be
issued.
• Each bid must be accompanied by a deposit of not less than (5) five per-
cent of the gross sum named in the bid. The School Board reserves the right
to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities therein.
No bidder may withdraw his bid within sixty (60) days after the actual
date of the opening thereof, unless the bidder follows Procedure 1 as specified
in the Code of Virginia.
The principal features of the contract are as follows:
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL (RIDGE CAMPUS) PHASE 1 ATHLETIC COMPLEX
This project consists of all site work necessary to pre-
pare this section of the James Wood High School (Ridge Campus)
for Phase I of its athletic complex including all clearing and
grubbing, striping and stockpiling of topsoil, excavation and
40 placing of fill to lines and grades established, all erosion
control measures, approximately 2,000 lineal feet of 24, 18
and 15 RCP storm sewer and drop inlets, approximately 1,800
lineal feet of 8" gravity sewer main, approximately 1,200
lineal feet of 4" and 1,400 lineal feet of 2" water piping,
electric conduits, fertilizing, seeding and mulching, sprig
planting and all other miscellaneous appurtenances as shown on
the plans and described in the specifications.
Bidders must be registered as Contractors in the Commonwealth of Virginia
as provided by Chapter 7 of Title 54 of the Code of Virginia of 1950, as amended
which requires evidence of a certificate of registration prior to submittal of
bid.
Bids shall be addressed to the Frederick County School Board, Attn: Mr.
Kenneth Walker, Superintendent, 1415 Amherst Street, Winchester, Virginia 22601,
and on the outside of the envelope plainly marked "JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL (RIDGE
• CAMPUS) PHASE I ATHLETIC COMPLEX" for which a bid is contained therein.
/s/
Kenneth Walker, School Superintendent
DATE: 5 January 1985 Frederick County
RFB-1
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
BIDS will be received by the Frederick County School Board (herein called
the "OWNER"), at the School Board Office, Frederick County, Virginia until
local time, 1985, at which time they will be
publicly opened and read aloud in the said office. Bids received after
local time, 1985 will be returned unopened.
Each BID must be submitted in a sealed envelope addressed to the Frederick
County School Board, Attn: Mr. Kenneth Walker, Superintendent, 1415 Amherst
Street, Winchester, Virginia 22601. Each sealed envelope containing a BID must
be plainly marked on the outside as BID for "James Wood High School (Ridge Cam-
pus) Phase I Athletic Complex" and the envelope should bear on the outside the
name of the BIDDER, his address, his license number if applicable and the name
of the project for which the BID is submitted. If forwarded by mail, the sealed
envelope containing the BID must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to
the OWNER at 1415 Amherst Street, Winchester, Virginia 22601.
• All questions concerning the bid documents should be addressed to the
Winchester Office of Gilbert W. Clifford and Associates, Inc. (703) 667-2139.
Contact Mr. C. E. Maddox.
All BIDS must be made on the required BID form. All blank spaces for BID prices
must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, and the BID form must be fully completed and
executed when submitted. Only one copy of the BID form is required.
The OWNER may waive any informalities or minor defects or reject any and all
BIDS. Any BID may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening
of BIDS or authorized postponement thereof. Any BID received after the time and date
specified shall not be considered. No BIDDER may withdraw a BID within 60 days after
the actual date of the opening thereof. Should there be reasons why the contract cannot
be awarded within the specified period, the time may be extended by mutual agree-
ment between the OWNER and the BIDDER.
• BIDDERS must satisfy themselves of the accuracy of the estimated quantities in
the BID Schedule by examination of the site and a review of the drawings and specifica-
tions including ADDENDA. After BIDS have been submitted, the BIDDER shall not as-
sert that there was a misunderstanding concerning the quantities of WORK or of the
nature of the WORK to be done.
The OWNER shall provide to BIDDERS prior to BIDDING, all information which is
pertinent to, and delineates and describes, the land owned and rights -of -way acquired
or to be acquired.
The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS contain the provisions required for the construc-
tion of the PROJECT. Information obtained from an officer, agent, or employee of the
OWNER or any other person shall not affect the risks or obligations assumed by the
CONTRACTOR or relieve him from fulfilling any of the conditions of the contract.
Each BID must be accompanied by a BID bond payable to the OWNER for five
percent of the total amount of the BID. As soon as the BID prices have been compared,
the OWNER will return the BONDS of all except the three lowest responsible BIDDERS.
When the Agreement is executed the bonds of the two remaining unsuccessful BID-
DERS will be returned. The 131D BOND of the successful BIDDER will be retained until
the payment BOND and performance BOND have been executed and approved, after
which it will be returned. A certified check may be used in lieu of a BID BOND.
Document No. 2
Information for Bidders: page 1 of 2
A performance BOND and a payment BOND, each in the amount of 100 percent of
the CONTRACT PRICE, with a corporate surety approved by the OWNER, will be re-
quired for the faithful performance of the contract.
Attorneys -in -fact who sign BID BONDS or payment BONDS and performance
BONDS must file with each BOND a certified and effective dated copy of their power
of attorney.
The party to whom the contract is awarded will be required to execute the Agree-
ment and obtain the performance BOND and payment BOND within ten (10) calendar
days from the date when NOTICE OF AWARD is delivered to the BIDDER. The
NOTICE OF AWARD shall be accompanied by the necessary Agreement and BOND
forms. In case of failure of the BIDDER to execute the Agreement, the OWNER may at
his option consider the BIDDER in default, in which case the BID BOND accompanying
the proposal shall become the property of the OWNER.
The OWNER within ten (10) days of receipt of acceptable performance BOND, pay-
ment BOND and Agreement signed by the party to whom the Agreement was awarded
shall sign the Agreement and return to such party an executed duplicate of the Agree-
ment. Should the OWNER not execute the Agreement within such period, the BIDDER
may by WRITTEN NOTICE withdraw his signed Agreement. Such notice of withdrawaf
shall be effective upon receipt of the notice by the OWNER.
The NOTICE TO PROCEED shall be issued within ten (10) days of the execution of •
the Agreement by the OWNER. Should there be reasons why the NOTICE TO PRO-
CEED cannot be issued within such period, the time may be extended by mutual agree-
ment between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If the NOTICE TO PROCEED has not
been issued within the ten (10) day period or within the period, mutually agreed upon,
the CONTRACTOR may terminate the Agreement without further liability on the part
of either party.
The OWNER may make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine
the ability of the BIDDER to perform the WORK, and the BIDDER shall furnish to the
OWNER all such information and data for this purpose as the OWNER may request.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any BID if the evidence submitted by, or in-
vestigation of, such BIDDER fails to satisfy the OWNER that such BIDDER is properly
qualified to carry out the obligations of the Agreement and to complete the WORK con-
templated therein.
A conditional or qualified BID will not be accepted.
Award will be made to the lowest responsible BIDDER.
All applicable laws, ordinances, and,the rules and regulations of all authorities •
having jurisdiction over construction of the PROJECT shall apply to the contract
throughout.
Each BIDDER is responsible for inspecting the site and for reading and being thor-
oughly familiar with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The failure or omission of any
BIDDER to do any of the foregoing shall in no way relieve any BIDDER from any obli-
gation in respect to his BID.
Further, the BIDDER agrees to abide by the requirements under Executive Order
No. 11246, as amended, including specifically the provisions of the equal opportunity
clause set forth in the SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS.
The low BIDDER shall supply the names and addresses of major material SUP-
PLIERS and SUBCONTRACTORS when requested to do so by the OWNER.
The ENGINEER is GILBERT W. CLIFFORD & ASSOCIATES INC. His address •
is P.O. Box 2104, 20 South Cameron Street, Winchester, Virginia 22601
Document No. 2
Information for Bidders: page 2 of 2
AM
�• 0 Proposal of
called "BIDDER"), organized and existing under the laws of the State of
doing business as
To the Frederick County School Board
(hereinafter
(hereinafter called "OWNER").
In compliance with your Advertisement for Bids, BIDDER hereby proposes to per-
form all WORK for the construction of James Wood High School (Ridge Campus)
Phase 1 Athletic Complex
ti in strict accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, within the time set forth
therein, and at the prices stated below.
By submission of this BID, each BIDDER certifies, and in the case of a joint BID
each party thereto certifies as to his own organization, that this BID has been arrived at
independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter
relating to this BID with any other BIDDER or with any competitor.
BIDDER hereby agrees to commence WORK under this contract on or before a date
to be specified in the NOTICE TO PROCEED and to fully complete the PROJECT within
�`Ab One Hundred Eighty (180) g consecutive calendar days thereafter. BIDDER further
agrees to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $ 200.00 for each consecutive cal-
endar day thereafter as provided in Section 15 of the General Conditions.
BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDUM:
'Cost stated is a minimum actual cost based upon interest on interim financing asso-
ciated with delay. All Resident Inspection Fees and other additional engineering
• fees and any legal expense or other related costs associated with the delay.
*Insert "a corporation", "a partnership", or "an individual" as applicable.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
FEDERALLY ASSISTED WATFR AND SEWER PROJECTS Document No. 3
Bid. page t o1 3
FREDERICK COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL (RIDGE CAMPUS)
PHASE 1 ATHLETIC COMPLEX
BID PROPOSAL
Item No.
Total
1. Furnish and Install earthwork related work as follows:
a. Clearing and Grubbing
(
)Lump Sum
$
WORDS
•
b. Strip and Stockpile Topsoil•
(
)Lump Sum
$
WORDS
c. Excavation and Placing Fill to Lines & Grades Established
(
)Lump Sum
$
WORDS
d. Replace Topsoil
(
)Lump Sum
$
WORDS
e. Furnish and Install and Maintain all Erosion Control
(
)Lump Sum
l
$ l •.,
C
WORDS
f. Import Topsoil
(4,400 C.Y. est.)
(
)Per C.Y.
$
WORDS
2. Furnish and Install Storm Sewer:
a. 24" RCP, Class III, in Place
(650 L.F. est.)
(
)Per L.F.
$
WORDS
•
b. 18" RCP, Class III, in Place
(190 L.F. est.)
Per L.F.
$
WORDS
BP-2
• Item No.
C. 15" RCP, Class III, in Place
(1,300 L.F. est.)
( )Per L.F. $
WORDS
d. DI -A -Cover
( )Lump Sum $
WORDS
e. DI-B-Cover
( )Lump Sum $
I •
I •
I •
Total
WORDS
f. DI-1 -
Type
1 Structure (set on existing pipe)
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
g. DI-2 -
Type
1 structure (set on existing pipe)
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
h. DI-3 -
Type
1 Structure
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
i. DI-4 -
Type
1 Structure
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
j. DI-5 -
Type
1 structure
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
k. DI-6 -
Type
1 structure
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
1. DI-6A
- Type
2 Structure
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
BP-3
• Item No.
Total
M. DI-7 -
Type 1 Structure
( )Lump
Sum $
WORDS
n. DI-8
- Type 1 Structure
( )Lump
Sum $
WORDS
o. DI-9
- Type 1 Structure
( )Lump
Sum $
WORDS
P. DI-10 - Type 1 Structure
(
WORDS
q. DI-11 - Type 1 Structure
(
WORDS
r. DI-12 - Type 1 Structure
(
WORDS
S. DI-13 - Type 2 Structure
• WORDS
t. DI-14 - Type 2 Structure
(
WORDS
U. Connect to existing storm system
(
)Lump
Sum
$
)Lump
Sum
$
)Lump
Sum
$
)Lump
Sum
$ii�•�
)Lump
Sum
$
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
V. Furnish and Install EC-1
(2 each est.)
( )Each $
10 WORDS
c,
BP-4
•
Item No.
Total
3.
Furnish and Install Fertilizing, Seeding
and Mulching
by Hydroseed Method
(125,000 S.Y. est.)
(
)Per S.Y.
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T O T A
L - Items 1 thru 3
(
)Total
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.
Furnish and Install Irrigation System
(
)Lump Sum
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T 0 T A
L - Items 1 thru 4
(
)Total
$
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WORDS
5.
Furnish and Install Water Supply Piping
and Electrical
Conduit:
a. 4" W/M and 6" Electrical Conduit, in
Place
(1,180 L.F. est.)
(
)Per L.F.
$
WORDS
b. 2" W/M and 2" Electrical Conduit, in
Place
(1,420 L.F. est.)
(
)Per L.F.
$
WORDS
C. 4" Gate Valve and Box
(1 each est.)
(
)Each
$
WORDS
d. 2" Gate Valve and Box
•
(1 each est.)
(
)Each
$
WORDS
BP-5
Item No.
To ta1
•
e. Junction Boxes, Electrical
i
(12 each est.)
(
)Each
$
WORDS
f. Water Fountains
(4 each est.)
(
)Each
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S U B T 0 T A L - Item 5
•
(
WORDS
)Subtotal
$
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T O T A L - Items 1 thru 5
(
)Total
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Furnish and Install Sanitary Sewer Extension
a. 8" PVC-SDR35, in Place, all depths
(1,740 L.F. est.)
•
(
)Per L.F.
$`'"'
WORDS
b. 4' I.D. Manholes, all depths
(7 V.F. est.)
(
)Per V.F.
$
WORDS
C. Connect to Existing Main
(
)Lump Sum
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S U B T O T A L - Item 6
•
(
)Subtotal
$
WORDS
BP-6
Item No.
• T 0 T A L- Items 1 thru 6
1-9
I `*
10
Total
( )Total $
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Furnish and
Install Roads and Parking Lots:
a. Furnish
and Install Parking
Area
#1
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
b. Furnish
and Install Parking
Area
#2
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
C. Furnish
and Install Parking
Area
#3
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
d. Furnish
and Install Parking
Area
#4
(
)Lump
Sum
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S U B T 0 T A L -
Item 7
(
)Subtotal
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T O T A L B I D -
Items 1 thru 7
(
)Total
$
WORDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Respectfully Submitted:
(Signature)
(Address)
(Title)
(Date)
(License Number - If
Applicable)
ATTEST
(SEAL - If bid is by
a corporation)
BP-7
•The preceeding bid is based on the contractor furnishing the materials from
the manufacturers as listed below:
24" RCP storm sewer pipe
18" RCP storm sewer pipe
15" RCP storm sewer pipe
Water main pipe
Type/Manufacturer
Type/Manufacturer
Type/Manufacturer
Type/Manufacturer
• 8" gravity sewer pipe �.-
Type/Manufacturer �'
Electrical Conduit
Type/Manufacturer
Precast manholes and structures
Type/Manufacturer
Seed mixture
Type/Manufacturer
BP-8
• The Pr'eceed1•1 9 bid is based on •I.•he Contractor furnishing g the
materials from the manufacturers as listed below:
24" RCP storm sewer Pipe -----------------------------------------.--.-----
T`a P r_ /M a,'l =i I•f .a ct.ur-.,T r-.
18" RCP storm sewer Me _ .-----------_.--- ---------_-----__-----------------
15" RCP storm sewer PiPe -------------_----------------------_-------------
Watermain Pipe ----...---.----------•---•---•--•----------------------------------
• Sr•a.`.` i t s sewer Pipe _'__----_._.._.._...__ ---.---- --..---.--...--.----------_.._--------
•
Elect._ical conduit ---....--......--.- ....__- --_
TuFe;'M•a.•t;uf art.lI.r-.;_.r-.
P - _ -•= t. manholes and structuras ------------------------------------ ----
_ e ed m i xt'..lr ._----•--------._...--•-•---------•---------------.-•--------------------
M N_ ;'Man I• f•.a.:_t ur- er..
Bluegrass sprigs -----_-------------_-_---.------------------------------
TyPe/Ma.•IIuf•act.i3.r'a r-'
BP-7
c �
BIDDER QUESTIONNAIRE
Submitted By
(Name of Bidder) ( ) An Individual
( ) A Partnership
( ) A Corporation
Principal Office Address:
The undersigned guarantees the truth and accuracy of all statements and all
answers to questions hereinafter made.
C
1. How many years has your organization been in business as a contractor
under your present business name?
2. How many years experience in
work has your organization had as a general contractor_
As a sub -contractor ?
construction
n
3. List below the requested information concerning projects your organization
has completed in the last five years for the type of work required in this
project.
Required Actual Name
Project Contract Completion Completion land Address
Title Amount Date Date of Owner
4. Identify proposed subcontractors and their activities in this project.
•
•
BP-8 07-
BID BOND
f
!I
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned,
held and firmly bound unto
in the penal sum of
as Principal, and
as Surety, are hereby
as OWNER
for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally
bind ourselves, successors and assigns.
Signed, this
y of
19
The Condition of the above obligation is SUCh that whereas the Principal has submitted
Ire
certain BID,
attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the
NOW, THEREFORE,
(a) If said BID shall be rejected, or
(b) If said BID shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a con-
tract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accord-
ance with said BID) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of
said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnish-
ing materials in connection therewith, and shall .in all other respects perform
the agreement created by the acceptance of said BID,
then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect;
it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for an%- and
all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as
herein stated.
Document No. 4
Bid Bond: Page 1 of 2
The Suretv, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said
Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the
time within which the OWNER may accept such BID; and said Surety does herby waive
notice of any such extension.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their han*
and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals tobe
hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and
year first set forth above.
Principal
(L.S.)
•
Surety
Li
•
IMPORTANT —Surety companies executing BONDS m:,:st appear on the Treasury De-
partment's most current list (Circular 570 as amende,:,: and be authorized to transact
business in the state where the project is located.
•
Document No. 4
Bid Bond: Page 2 of 2
AGREEI+AENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of
and between
(Name of 0.vner). (an Individual)
and
19
by
hereinafter called "OWNER"
doing business as (an individual,) or (a
partnership,) or (a corporation) hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR".
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements herein-
after mentioned:
1. The CONTRACTOR will commence and complete the construction of
41 2. The CONTRACTOR will furnish all of the material, supplies, tools, equipment,
labor and other services necessary for the construction and completion of the PROJECT
described herein.
3. The CONTRACTOR will commence the work required by the CONTRACT DOC-
UMENTS within calendar days after the date of the NOTICE TO PRO-
CEED and will complete the same within calendar days unless the period
for completion is extended otherwise by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to perform all of the WORK described in the CON-
TRACT DOCUMENTS and comply with the terms therein for the sum of S
or as shown in the BID schedule.
5. The term "CONTRACT DOCUMENTS" means and includes the following:
(A) Advertisement For BIDS
(B) Information For BIDDERS
(C) BID
(D) BID BOND
(E) Agreement
Document No. 5
Agreement: Page 1 of 3
(F) General Conditions
(G) SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
(H) Payment BOND
(I) Performance BOND
(J) NOTICE OF AWARD
(K) NOTICE TO PROCEED
(L) CHANGE ORDER
(M) DRAWINGS prepared by
numbered through
19
(N) SPECIFICATIONS prepared or issued by
dated .19
(0) ADDENDA:
, and dated
f
No.
dated
, 19
No.
dated
, 19
No.
dated
19
No.
, dated
19
No.
, dated
, 19
No.
, dated
, 19
6. The OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR in the manner and at such times as
set forth in the General Conditions such amounts a,, required by the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
7. This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective
heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed
by their duly authorized officials, this Agreement in ( )each of
(Number of Copies)
which shall be deemed an original on the date first above written.
Document No. 5
Agreement: Page 2 of 3
OWNER:
60
(SEAL)
ATTEST:
Name _
(D (Please Type)
Title
(SEAL)
ATTEST:
Name
116
(Please Typel
BY _
Name
Title
CONTRACTOR:
BY
Name
Address
( Please Type )
l Please Type)
Document No. 5
Agreement: Page 3 of 3
PAYMEIT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
46 (Name of Contractor
71
16
L -7
a
ICorporauon. PartnersNp or Inmviouall
and
(Address of Contractor
(Name of Surety)
(Address of Surety)
hereinafter called Principal,
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Name of Owner)
(Address of Owner)
hereinafter called OWNER, in the penal sum of Dollars, $(
in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and trul\- to
be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmIN' by
these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the day of
19 , a coPy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construc-
tion of:
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms,
SUBCONTRACTORS, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in
the prosecution of the WORK provided for in such contract, and any authorized exten-
sion or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil,
gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used
in connection with the construction of such WORK, and all insurance premiums on said
WORK, and for all labor, performed in such WORK whether by SUBCONTRACTOR or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and
effect.
Document No. 6
Payment Bond: Page 1 of 2
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety for value received hereby stipulates and
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the con-
tract or to the WORK to be performed thereunder or the SPECIFICATIONS accom-
panying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this BOND, and it does here-
by waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to the WORK or to the SPECIFICATIONS.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CON-
TRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in counterparts, each
(number)
one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of
19
ATTEST:
Principal
(Principal[ Secretary
(SEAL) By
(s)
(Address)
as to Principal
ATTEST:
Witness as to Surety
(Address)
(Addressi
Surety
By
Attorney-tn-Fact.
(Address)
r.
NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute BOND.
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury De-
partment's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact
business in the State where the PROJECT is located.
0
Document No. 6
Payment Bond: Page 2 of 2
M
PE:3FORJ':IAMCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
•
•
a
ICorporatron. Partner5rnp. or Individual)
(Name or Contractor)
(Aooress of Contractor)
(Name of Surety)
hereinafter called Principal, and
(Address of Surer,)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Name of owner) ---- -_. --- - --- - -- - -
(Aooress of Owner)
hereinafter called OWNER, in the penal sum of _
Dollars, S(
in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to
be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the day of
19 , a cope of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction
of:
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties,
all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said contract dur-
ing the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the
OWNER, with or without notice to the Suretv and during the one near guaranty period,
and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall
fully indemnify and save harmless the O%VNER from all costs and damages which it
may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all
outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default, then this
obli-ation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Document No. 7
Performance Bond: Page 1 of 2
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates and
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the con-
tract or to WORK to be performed thereunder or the SPECIFICATIONS accompanying
the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this BOND, and it does hereby waive
notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the
contract or to the WORK or to the SPECIFICATIONS.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CON-
TRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in counterparts, each
(Number)
one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of
19 .
ATTEST:
(Principal) Secretary
(SEAL)
(Witness as to Principal)
(Address)
ATTEST:
(Surety) Secretary
(SEAL)
M
Pri
(Address)
Surety
Witness as to Surety By Attorney -in -Fact
(Address)
(Address)
NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute BOND.
(s)
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS m::I appear on the Treasury De-
partment's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact
business in the state where the PROJECT is located.
•
E
•
Document No. 7
Performance Bond: Page 2 of 2
NOTICE OF AWARD
To:
PROJECT Description:
The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described
C WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated 19
and Information for Bidders. '
• of S You are hereby notified that yo
ur BID has been accepted for items in the amount
You are required by the Information for Bidders to execute the Agreement and fur-
nish the required CONTRACTOR'S Performance BOND, Payment BOND and certifi-
cates of insurance within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you.
If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said BONDS within ten (10)
days from the date of this Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your
rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your BID as abandoned and as a for-
feiture of your BID BOND. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be
granted by lacy.
You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to
the OWNER.
C Dated this day of , 19
•
Owner
By
Title `
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
by
this the
B�
Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged
ay of
19
Document No. 8
Notice of Award: Page 1 of 1
To:
i
NOT ICE TO PROCEED
Date:
— - Project: _
You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement
dated , 19 . on or before , 19 , and you
are to complete the WORK within consecutive calendar days thereafter.
The date of completion of all WORK is therefore , 19
• Owner
B v
Title
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PRO-
CEED is hereby acknowledged by
this the day
of 19
By
Title
Document No. 9
Notice to Proceed: Page 1 of 1
Order No
C
0
Date:
Agreement Date:
NAME OF PROJECT:
OWNER:
CONTRACTOR:
The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
Justification:
• Change to CONTRACT PRICE:
Original CONTRACT PRICE
Current CONTRACT PRICE adjusted by previous CHANGE ORDER S
The CONTRACT PRICE due to this CHANGE ORDER will be (increased) (decreased)
by: $
The new CONTRACT PRICE including this CHANGE ORDER will be S
C Change to CONTRACT TIME:
The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased) (decreased) by calendar days.
• The date for completion of all work will be (Date).
Approvals Required:
To be effective this Order must be approved by the Federal agency if it changes the
scope or objective of the PROJECT, or as may otherwise be required by the SUPPLE-
MENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS.
Requested by:
Recommended by:
Ordered by:
Accepted by:
Federal Agency Approval (where applicable)
Document No. 10
Change Order: Page 1 of 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Definitions
17.
Subsurface Conditions
2. Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings
18.
Suspension of Work. Termination and Delay
3. Schedules, Reports and Records
19.
Payments to Contractor
4. Drawings and Specifications
10.
Acceptance of Final Payment as Release
5. Shop Drawings
^1.
Insurance
6. Materials. Services and Facilities
22.
Contract Security
7. Inspection and Testing
23.
Assignments
8. Substitutions
24.
Indemnification
9. Patents
25.
Separate Contracts
10. Surveys, Permits, Regulations
26.
Subcontracting
11. Protection of Work, Property, Persons
27.
Engineer's Authority
12. Supervision by Contractor
28.
Land and Rights -of -Way
13. Changes in the Work
29.
Guaranty
14. Changes in Contract Price
30.
Arbitration
15. Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages
31.
Taxes
16. Correction of Work
Is
0.
CJ
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Wherever used in the CONTRACT DOCU-
MENTS, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated which shall be applicable to both the singular
and plural thereof:
12 ADDENDA -Written or graphic instruments is-
sued prior to the execution of the Agreement which
modify or interpret the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
DRA��'INGS and SPECIFICATIONS. by additions, de-
letions, clarifications or corrections.
1.3 BID -The offer or proposal of the BIDDER sub-
mitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices
for the WORK to be performed.
1.4 BIDDER -Any person, firm or corporation sub-
mitting a BID for the WORK.
1.5 BONDS -Bid. Performance, and Payment Bonds
and other instruments of security, furnished by the
CONTRACTOR and his surety in'Ziccordance with the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.6 CHANGE ORDER -A written order to the CON-
TRACTOR authorizing an addition, deletion or revision
in the WORK within the general scope of the CON-
TRACT DOCUMENTS, or authorizing an adjustment in
the CONTRACT PRICE or CONTRACT TIME.
1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS -The contract, in-
cluding Advertisement For Bids, Information For Bid-
ders, BID. Bid Bond, Agreement, Payment Bond, Per-
formance Bond, NOTICE OF AWARD. NOTICE TO
PROCEED, CHANGE ORDER, DRAWINGS, SPECIFI-
CATIONS. and ADDENDA.
1.8 CONTRACT PRICE -The total monies payable to
the CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of
the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.9 CONTRACT TIME -The number of calendar
days stated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENT'S for the
completion of the WORK.
1.10 CONTRACTOR -The person, firm or corpora-
tion with whom the OWNER has executed the Agree-
ment.
1.11 DRAWINGS -The part of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS which show the characteristics and
scope of the WORK to be performed and which have
been prepared or approved by the ENGINEER.
1.12 ENGINEER -The person, firm or corporation
named as such in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.13 FIELD ORDER -A written order effecting a
change in the WORK not involving an adjustment in
the CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CON-
TRACT TIME, issued by the ENGINEER to the CON-
TRACTOR during construction.
1.14 NOTICE OF AWARD -The written notice of the
acceptance of the BID from the OWNER to the success-
ful BIDDER.
1.15 NOTICE TO PROCEED -Written communication
issued by the O«'NER to the CONTRACTOR authoriz-
ine him to proceed with the WORK and establishing the
date of commencement of the WORK.
1.16 OWNER -A public or quasi -public body or
authority, corporation, association, partnership, or in-
dividual for whom the WORK is to be performed.
1.17 PROJECT -The undertaking to be performed as
provided in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.18 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE -The
authorized representative of the OWNER who is as-
signed to the PROJECT site or any part thereof.
1.19 SHOP DRAWINGS -All drawings, diagrams. il-
lustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which
are prepared by the CONTRACTOR, a SUBCONTRAC-
TOR, manufacturer, SUPPLIER or distributor, which
illustrate how specific portions of the WORK shall be
fabricated or installed.
1.20 SPF1' ' CATIONS -A part of the CONTRACT
DOCUME. " S consisting of written descriptions of a
technical n.;ture of materials, equipment, construction
systems. standards and workmanship.
1.21 SUBCONTRACTOR -An individual, firm or
corporation haying a direct contract with the CON-
TRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for
the performance of a part of the WORK at the site.
1.29 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION -That date as
certified by the ENGINEER when the construction of
the PROJECT or a specified part thereof is sufficiently
completed, in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCU-
hIENTS, so that the PROJECT or specified part can be
utilized for the purposes for which it is intended.
1.23 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS -
Document No. 11
General Conditions: Page 1 of 9
Modifications to General Conditions required by a
Federal agency for participation in the PROJECT and
approved by the agency in writing prior to inclusion in
the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, or such requirements
that may be imposed by applicable state laws.
1.24 SUPPLIER —Any person or organization who sup-
plies materials or equipment for the WORK, including
that fabricated to a special design, but who does not
perform labor at the site.
1.25 WORK —All labor necessary to produce the con-
struction required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be
incorporated in the PROJECT.
1.26 WRITTEN NOTICE —Any notice to any party of
the Agreement relative to any part of this Agreement
in writing and considered delivered and the service
thereof completed, when posted by certified or regis-
tered mail to the said party at his last given address,
or delivered in person to said party or his authorized
representative on the WORK.
2. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL
DRAWINGS
2.1 The CONTRACTOR may be furnished additional
instructions and detail drawings, by the ENGINEER,
as necessary to carry out the WORK required by the
CONTRACT DOCU11-,TENTS.
2.2 The additional drawings and instruction thus
supplied will become a part of the CONTRACT DOCU-
MENTS. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the WORK
-in accordance with the additional detail drawings and
instructions.
SCHEDULES, REPORTS AND RECORDS
3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER
such schedule of quantities and costs, progress sched-
ules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other
data where applicable as are required by the CON-
TRACT DOCUMENTS for the WORK to be performed.
3.2 Prior to the first partial payment estimate the
CONTRACTOR shall submit construction progress
schedules showing the order in which he proposes to
carry on the WORK, including dates at which he will
start the various parts of the WORK, estimated date of
completion of each part and, as applicable:
3.2.1. The dates at which special detail drawings
will be required: and
3.2.2 Respective dates for submission of SHOP
DRAWINGS, the beginning of manufar.ture, the testing
and the installation of materials, supplies and equip-
ment.
3.3 The CONTRACTOR shall also submit a schedule
of payments that he anticipates he will earn during the
course of the WORK.
4. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
4.1 The intent of the DRAWINGS and SPECIFICA-
TIONS is that the CONTRACTOR shall furnish all
labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation
necessary for the proper execution of the WORK in
accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and all
incidental work necessary to complete the PROJECT
in an acceptable manner, ready for use. occupancy or
operation by the OWNER.
4.2 In case of conflict between the DRAWINGS and
SPECIFICATIONS, the SPECIFICATIONS shall govern.
Figure dimensions on DRAWINGS shall govern over
scale dimensions, and detailed DRAWINGS sha�
govern over general DRAWINGS.
4.3 Any discrepancies found between the DRAW-
INGS and SPECIFICATIONS and site conditions or
any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the DRAWINGS
or SPECIFICATIONS shall be immediately reported to
the ENGINEER, in writing, who shall promptly correct
such inconsistencies or ambiguities in writing. WORK
done by the CONTRACTOR after his discovery of such
discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be
done at the CONTRACTOR'S risk.
SHOP DRAWINGS
5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide SHOP DRAW-
INGS as may be necessary for the prosecution of the
WORK as required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The ENGINEER shall promptly review all SHOP
DRAWINGS. The ENGINEER'S approval of any SHOP
DRAWING shall not release the CONTRACTOR from
responsibility for deviations from the CONTRAC
DOCUMENTS. The approval of any SHOP DRAWINt
which substantially deviates from the requirement o
the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be evidenced by a
CHANGE ORDER.
5.2 When submitted for the ENGINEER'S review,
SHOP DRAWINGS -shall bear the CONTRACTOR'S
certification that he has reviewed, checked and
approved the SHOP DRAWINGS and that thev are in
conformance with the requirements of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
5.3 Portions of the WORK requiring a SHOP DRAW-
ING or sample submission shall not begin until the
SHOP DRAWING or submission has been approved by
the ENGINEER. A copy of each approved SHOP
DRAWING and each approved sample shall be kept in
good order by the CONTRACTOR at the site and shall
be available to the ENGINEER.
6. I6IATERIALS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES
0-
6.1 It is understood that. except as otherwise specifi-
cally stated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. the
CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials,
labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transpor-
tation, supervision, temporary construction of anv
nature, and all other services and facilities of any
nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, and
deliver the WORK within the specified time.
6.2 Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to
insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for
the WORK. Stored materials and etuipment to be in-
corporated in- the WORK shall be located so its to facili-
tate prompt inspection.
6.3 Manufactured articles, materials and equipment
shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used.
cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufac-
turer.
6.4 Materials, supplies and equipment shall be in
�
accordance with samples submitted by the CONTRAC-
TOR and approved by the ENGINEER.
6.5 Materials, suppliers or equipment to be incorpor-
ated into the WORK shall not be purchased by the
Document No. 11
General Conditions: Page 2 of 9
t
•
•
CONTRACTOR or the SUBCONTRACTOR subject to a
chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or
other agreement by which an interest is retained by the
seller.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
7.1 All materials and equipment used in the construc-
tion of the PROJECT shall be subject to adequate in-
spection and testing in accordance with generally ac-
cepted standards, as required and defined in the CON-
TRACT DOCUMENTS.
7? The OWNER shall provide all inspection and test-
ing services not required by the CONTRACT DOCU-
MENTS.
7.3 The CONTRACTOR shall provide at his expense
the testing and inspection services required by the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
7.4 If the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, laws, ordi-
nances, rules, regulations or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any WORK to
specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by some-
one other than the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR
will give the ENGINEER timely notice of readiness.
The CONTRACTOR will then furnish the ENGINEER
the required certificates •of inspection, testing, or ap-
proval.
7.5 Inspections. tests or approvals by the engineer
or others shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from
his obligations to perform the WORK in accordance
with the requirements of the CONTRACT DOCU-
MENTS.
7.6 The ENGINEER and his representatives will at
all times have access to the WORK. In addition.
authorized representatives and agents of any partici-
pating Federal or state agency shall be permitted to
inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of per-
sonnel, invoices of materials, and other relevant data
and records. The CONTRACTOR will provide proper
facilities for such access and observation of the WORK
and also for any inspection, or testing thereof.
7.7 If any WORK is covered contrary to the written
instructions of the ENGINEER it must, if requested by
the ENGINEER, be uncovered for his observation and
replaced at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
7.8 If the ENGINEER considers it necessary or ad-
visable that covered WORK be inspected or tested by
others, the CONTRACTOR, at the ENGINEER'S request,
will uncover, expose or otherwise; make available for
observation, inspection or testing as the ENGINEER
may require, that portion of the WORK in question,
furnishing all necessary labor, materials. tools, and
equipment. If it is found that such WORK is defective,
the CONTRACTOR will bear all the expenses of such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and
testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. if, however.
such WORK is not found to be defective, the CON-
TRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the CON-
TRACT' PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT
TIME, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering,
exposure, observation, inspection, testing and recon-
struction and an appropriate CHANGE ORDER shall
be issued.
8. SUBSTITUTIONS
8.1 Whenever a material. article or piece of equip-
ment is identified on the DRAWINGS or SPECIFICA-
TIONS by reference to brand name or catalogue num-
ber, it shall be understood that this is referenced for
the purpose of defining the performance or other sali-
ent requirements and that other products of equal
capacities, quality and function shall be considered.
The CONTRACTOR may recommend the substitution
of a material, article, or piece of equipment of equal
substance and function for those referred to in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS by reference to brand
name or catalogue number, and if, in the opinion of the
ENGINEER, such material, article, or piece of equip-
ment is of equal substance and function to that speci-
fied, the ENGINEER may approve its substitution and
use by the CONTRACTOR. Any cost differential shall
be deductible from the CONTRACT PRICE and the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be appropriately
modified by CHANGE ORDER. The CONTRACTOR
warrants that if substitutes are approved, no major
changes in the function or general design of the PROJ-
ECT will result. Incidental changes or extra component
parts required to accommodate the substitute will be
made by the CONTRACTOR without a change in' the
CONTRACT PRICE or CONTRACT TIME.
PATENTS
9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all applicable
royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or
claims for infringement of any patent rights and save
the OWNER harmless from loss on account thereof,
except that the OWNER shall be responsible for any
such loss when a particular process, design, or the
product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers
is specified, however if the CONTRACTOR has reason
to believe that the design, process or product specified
is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible
for such loss unless he promptly gives such informa-
tion to the ENGINEER.
10. SURVEYS, PERMITS. REGULATION'S
10.1 The OWNER shall furnish all boundary surveys
and establish all base lines for locating the principal
component parts of the WORK together with a suitable
number of bench marks adjacent to the WORK as
shown in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. From the in-
formation provided by the OWNER. unless otherwise
specified in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. the CON-
TRACTOR shall develop and make all detail surveys
needed for construction such as slope stakes. batter
boards, stakes for pile locations and other working
points, Iinf!s. elevations and cut sheets.
10.2 The ,:;ONTRACTOR shall carefully preserve
bench m.t: ~s. reference points and stakes and, in case
of willful or careless destruction. he shall be charged
with the resulting; expense and shall be responsible for
any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary
loss or disturbance.
10.3 Permits and licenses of a temporary nature
necessary for the prosecution of the WORK shall be
secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR unless
otherwise stated in the SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL
CONDITIONS. Permits, licenses and easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilities shall be secured and paid for by the OWNER.
unless otherwise specified. The CONTRACTOR shall
give all notices and comply with all laws. ordinances,
rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the
WORK as drawn and specified. If the CONTRACTOR
Document No. 11
General Conditions: Page 3 of 9
observes that the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS are at
variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the ENGI-
NEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be
adjusted as provided in Section 13. CHANGES IN THE
WORK.
11. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND
PERSONS
11.1 The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety pre-
cautions and programs in connection with the WORK.
He will take all necessary precautions for the safety
of, and will provide the necessary protection to prevent
damage. injury or loss to all employees on the WORK
and other persons who may be affected thereby, all the
WORK and all materials or equipment to be incorpor-
ated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and
other property at the site or adjacent thereto, includ-
ing trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways,
structures and utilities not designated -for removal, relo-
cation or replacement in the course of construction.
11.2 The CONTRACTOR will comply with all appli-
cable laws, ordinances, rules. regulations and orders of
any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and
maintain, as required by the conditions and progress of
the WORK, all necessary safeguards for safety and
protection. He will notify owners of adjacent utilities
when prosecution of the WORK may affect them. The
CONTRACTOR will remedy all damage, injury or loss
to any property caused, directly or indirectly. in
whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, anv SUBCON-
TRACTOR or anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them or anyone for whose acts anv of them
be liable, except damage or loss attributable to the
fault of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or to the acts
or omissions of the OWNER or the ENGINEER or
anyone employed by either of them or anyone for
whose acts either of them may be liable. and not
attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, to the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR.
11.3 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or
the WORK or property at the site or adjacent thereto.
the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or
authorization from the ENGINEER or OWNER, shall
act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He
will give the ENGINEER prompt WRITTEN NOTICE of
any significant changes in the WORK or deviations
from the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS caused thereby,
and a CHANGE ORDER shall thereupon be issued cov-
ering the changes and deviations involved.
12. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR
12.1 The CONTRACTOR will supervise and direct the
WORK. He will be solely responsible for the means,
methods. techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction. The CONTRACTOR will employ and
maintain on the WORK a qualified supervisor or super-
intendent who shall have been designated in writing by
the CONTRACTOR as the CONTR.ICTCIWS represen-
tative at the site. The supervisor shall have full authori-
ty to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR and all corn-
munications given to the supervisor shall be as binding
as if given to the CONTRACTOR. The suPeryisur shall
be present on the site at all tinges as required to per-
form adequate supervision and coordination of the
WORK.
13. CHANGES IN THE WORK
13.1 The OWNER may at am time, as the need arises
order changes within the scope of the WORK without
invalidating the Agreement. If such chances increase or
decrease the amount due under the CONTRACT
DOMMENTS, or in the time required for performan
of the WORK, an equitable adjustment shall be auth*
ized by CHANCE ORDER.
13.2 The ENGINEER, also, may at anytime, by issuing
a FIELD ORDER, make changes in the details of the
WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the
performance of any changes in the WORK so ordered
by the ENGINEER unless the CONTRACTOR believes
that such FIELD ORDER entitles him to a change in
CONTRACT PRICE or TIME, or both, in which event
he shall give the ENGINEER WRITTEN NOTICE there-
of within seven (7) days after the receipt of the ordered
change. Thereafter the CONTRACTOR shall document
the basis for the change in CONTRACT PRICE or
TIME within thirty (30) days. The CONTRACTOR shall
not execute such changes pending the receipt of an
executed CHANGE ORDER or further instruction from
the OWNER.
14. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE
14.1 The CONTRACT PRICE may be changed only b�
a CHANCE ORDER. The value of any WORK covere
by a CHANGE ORDER or of any claim for increase or
decrease in the CONTRACT PRICE shall be determined
by one or more of the following methods in the order
of precedence listed below:
(a) Unit prices previously approved.
(b) An agreed lump sum.
(c) The actual cost for labor, direct overhead. ma-
terials, supplies, equipment. and other services neces-
sary to complete the work. In addition there shall be
added an amount to be agreed upon but not to exceed
fifteen (151 percent of the actual cost of the WORK to
cover the cost of general overhead and profit.
15. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES
15.1 The date of beginning and the time for comple-
tion of the WORK are essential conditions of the CON-
TRACT DOCUMENTS and the WORK embraced shall
be commenced on a date specified in the NOTICE T
PROCEED. 4.
15.2 The CONTRACTOR will proceed with the WORK
at such rate of progress to insure full completion with-
in the CONTRACT TIME. It is expressly understood
and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and
the OWNER, that the CONTRACT TIME for the com-
pletion of :.e WORK described herein is a reasonable
time, taki: into consideration the average climatic
and econo.::tc conditions and other factors prevailing
in the locality of the WORK.
15.3 If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to complete the
WORK within the CONTRACT TIME, or extension of
time granted by the OWNER, then the CONTRACTOR
will pay to the OWNER the amount for liquidated dam-
ages as specified in the BID for each calendar day that
the CONTRACTOR shall be in default after the time
stipulated in the CONTRACT DOMMENTS.
15.4 The CONTRACTOR shall not be charged with
liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay
in completion of the WbRK is due to the following.
and the CONTRACTOR has promptly given WRITTEN
NOTICE of such delay to the OWNER or ENGINEER.
15.1.1 To any preference, priority or allocation
Document No. t t
General Conditions: Page 4 of 9
46
C�
LJ
order duly issued by the OWNER.
15.4.2 To unforeseeable causes beyond the con-
trol and without the fault or negligence of the CON-
TRACTOR, including but not restricted to. acts of God,
or of the public enemy, acts of the OWNER, acts of
another CONTRACTOR in the performance of a con-
tract with the OWNER, fires, floods, epidemics, quar-
antine restrictions, strikes, freight embar-oes, and
abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and
15.4.3 To any delays of SUBCONTRACTORS
occasioned by any of the causes specified in para-
graphs 15.4.1 and 15.4.2 of this article.
16. CORRECTION OF WORK
16.1 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from
the premises all WORK rejected by the ENGINEER for
failure to comply with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
whether incorporated in the construction or not, and
the CONTRACTOR shall promptly replace and re -
execute the WORK in accordance with the CONTRACT
DOCUIMENTS and without expense to the OWNER
and shall bear the expense of making good all WORK
of other CONTRACTORS destroyed or damaged by
such removal or replacement.
16.2 All removal and replacement WORK shall be
done at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. If the CON-
TRACTOR does not take action to remove such re-
jected WORK within ten (10) days after receipt of
WRITTEN. NOTICE, the OWNER may remove such
WORK and store the materials at the expense of the
CONTRACTOR.
17. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
17.1 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly, and before
such conditions are disturbed, except in the event of
an emergency, notify the OWNER by WRITTEN
NOTICE of:
17.1.1 Subsurface or latent ph%sical conditions at
the site differing materially from those indicated in the
CONTRACT DOCUNIEVTS; or
17.1.2 Unknown physical conditions at the site,
of an unusual nature, differing materially from those
ordinarilv encountered and generally recognized as
inherent in WORK of the character provided for in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
17.2 The 0%VNER shall promptly investigate the con-
ditions. and if he finds that such conditions do so
materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in
the cost of, or in the time: required for. performance
of the WORK. an,equitable adjustment shall be made
and the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be modified
by a CHANGE ORDER. Any claim of the CONTRAC-
TOR for adjustment hereunder shall not be: allowed
unless he has given the required WRITTEN NOTICE;
provided that the OWNER may, if he determines the:
facts so justify, consider and adjust any such claims
asserted before the date of final payment.
18. SUSPENSION OF WORK, TERMINATION AND
DF.LA Y
18.1 The OWNER may suspend the WORK or any
portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety
days or such further time as agreed upon by the CON-
TRACTOR, by WRITTEN NOTICE to the CONTRACT-
OR and the ENGINEER which notice shall fix the date
on which WORK shall be resumed. The CONTRACTOR
will resume that WORK on the date so fixed. The
CONTRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the
CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT
TIME, or both, directly attributable to any suspension.
18.2 If the CONTRACTOR is adjudged a bankrupt
or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment for
the benefit of his creditors, or if a trustee or receiver is
appointed for the CONTRACTOR or for any of his
property, or if he files a petition to take adyantaee of
any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy
or applicable laws. or if he repeatedly fails to supply
sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or
equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to make prompt
payments to SUBCONTRACTORS or for labor, materi-
als or equipment or if he disregards laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations or orders of any public body having
jurisdiction of the WORK or if he disregards the author-
itv of the ENGINEER. or if he otherwise violates anv
provision of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, then the
OWNER may, without prejudice to any other right or
remedy and after giving the CONTRACTOR and his
surety a minimum of ten (10) days from delivery of a
WRITTEN NOTICE, terminate the services of the CON-
TRACTOR and take possession of the PROJECT and of
all materials, equipment, tools, construction equip-
ment and machinery thereon owned by the CONTRAC-
TOR. and finish the WORK by whatever method he
may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR
shall not be entitled to receive any further payment
until the WORK is finished. if the unpaid balance of
the CONTRACT PRICE exceeds the direct and indirect
costs of completing the PROJECT, including compensa-
tion for additional professional services, such excess
SHALL BE PAID TO THE CONTRACTOR. If such costs
exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR will
pay the difference to the OWNER. Such costs incurred
by the OWNER will be determined by the ENGINEER
and incorporated in a CHANGE ORDER.
18.3 Where the CONTRACTOR'S services have been
so terminated by the OWNER, said termination shall
not affect any right of the OWNER against the CON-
TRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter ac-
crue. Amy retention or payment of monies by the
OWNER due the CONTRACTOR will not release the
CONTRACTOR from compliance with the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
18.4 After ten (101 days from delivery of a WRITTEN
NOTICE to the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER,
the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy. elect to abandon the
PROJECT ,and terminate the Contract. In such case,
the CON"f .. ^-,CTOR shall be paid for all WORK exe-
cuted and my expense sustained plus reasonable
profit.
18.5 If. through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR,
the WORK is suspended for a period of more than
ninety (901 days by the OWNER or under an order of
court or other public authority, or the ENGINEER
fails to act on any request for payment within thirty
(30) days after it is submitted, or the OWNER fails to
pay the CONTRACTOR substantially the sum approved
by the ENGINEER or awarded by arbitrators within
thirty (30) days of its approval and presentation,
then the CONTRACTOR may, after ten (10) da%s from
delivery of a WRITTEN NOTICE to the OWNER and
the ENGINEER, terminate the CONTRACT and re-
cover from the OWNER pa}ment for all WORK exe-
Document No. 11
General Conditions: Page 5 of 9
cuted and all expenses sustained. In addition and in
lieu of terminating the CONTRACT, if the ENGINEER
has failed to act on a request for payment or if the
OWNER has failed to make any payment as aforesaid,
the CONTRACTOR may upon ten (101 days written
notice to the OWNER and the ENGINEER stop the
WORK until he has been paid all amounts then due. in
which event and upon resumption of the WORK,
CHANGE ORDERS shall be issued for adjusting the
CONTRACT PRICE or extending the CONTRACT
TIME or both to compensate for the costs and delays
attributable to the stoppage of the WORK.
18.6 If the performance of all or any portion of the
WORK is suspended, delayed, or interrupted as a re-
sult of a failure of the OIVNER or ENGINEER to act
within the time specified in the CONTRACT DOCU-
MENTS, or if no time is specified, within a reasonable
time, an adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or an
extension of the CONTRACT T11ME, or both, shall be
made by CHANGE ORDER to compensate the CON-
TRACTOR for the costs and delays necessarily caused
by the failure of the OWNER or ENGINEER.
19. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR
19.1 At least ten (10) days before each progress pay-
ment falls due (but not more often than once a month),
the CONTRACTOR will submit to the ENGINEER a par-
tial payment estimate filled out and signed by the CON-
TRACTOR covering the WORK performed during the
period covered by the partial payment estimate and
supported by such data as the ENGINEER may reason-
ably require. If payment is requested on the basis of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the
WORK but delivered and suitably stored at or near the
site, the partial payment estimate shall also be accom-
panied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the
OWNER, as will establish the OWNER's title to the ma-
terial and equipment and protect his interest therein,
including applicable insurance. The ENGINEER will,
within ten (10) days after receipt of each partial pay-
ment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of
payment and present the partial payment estimate to
the OWNER, or return the partial payment estimate to
the CONTRACTOR indicating in writing his reasons for
refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the
CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections
and resubmit the partial payment estimate. The OWN-
ER will, within ten (10) days of presentation to him of
an approved partial payment estimate, pay the CON-
TRACTOR a progress payment on the basis of the ap-
proved partial payment estimate. The OWNER shall re-
tain ten (10) percent of the amount of each payment un-
til final completion and acceptance of all work covered
by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
equipment which are suitably stored either at or near
the site.
19.3 Prior to SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, the
O%VNER, with the approval of the ENGINEER and with
the concurrence of the CONTRACTOR, may use any
completed or substantially completed portions of the
WORK. Such use shall not constitute an acceptance of
such portions of the WORK.
19.4 The OWNER shall have the right to enter the
premises for the purpose of doing work not covered by
the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. This provision shall
not be construed as relieving the CONTRACTOR of the
sole responsibility for the care and protection of the
WORK, or the restoration of any damaged WORK ex-
cept such as may be caused by agents or employees of
the OWNER.
19.5 Upon completion and acceptance of the WORK,
the ENGINEER shall issue a certificate attached to the
final payment request that the WORK has been ac-
cepted by him under the conditions of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS. The entire balance found to be due the
CONTRACTOR, including the retained percentages. but
except such sums as may be lawfully retained by the
OWNER, shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR %within
thirty (30) days of completion and acceptance of the
WORk.
19.6 The CONTRACTOR will indemnify and save the
OWNER or the OkV:NER'S agents harmless from all
claims growing out of the lawful demands of SUB-
CONTRACTORS, laborers, workmen, mechanics, ma-
terialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts
thereof, equipment, tools. and all supplies, incurred in
the furtherance of the performance of the WORK. The
CONTRACTOR shall, at the OWNER'S request, furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature
designated above have been paid, discharged, or
waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so the OWN-
ER may, after having notified the CONTRACTOR.
either pay unpaid bills or withhold from the CON-
TRACTOR'S unpaid compensation a sum of money
deemed reasonable sufficient to pay any and all such
lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished
that all liabilities have been fully discharged where-
upon payment to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed,
in accordance with the terms of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS, but in no event shall the provisions of
this sentenr , be construed to impose any obligations
upon the i. NER to either the CONTRACTOR, his
Surety, or any third party. In paying any unpaid
bills of the CONTRACTOR, any payment so made by
the OWNER shall be considered as a payment made
under the: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS by the OWNER
to the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER shall not be
liable to the CONTRACTOR for any such payments
made in good faith.
19.7 If the OWNER fails to make payment thirty (30)
days after approval by the ENGINEER, in addition to
other remedies available to the CONTRACTOR, there
shall be added to each such payment interest at the
maximum legal rate commencing on the first day after
19.2 The request for payment may also include an said payment is due and continuing until the payment
allowance for the cost of such major materials and is received by the CONTRACTOR.
Document No. 11
Genera! Conditions: Page 6 of 9
s
•
•
20. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PA y'i%IE`'T AS
RELEASE
M. The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final
payment shall be and shall operate as a release to the
OWNER of all claims and all liability to the CONTRAC-
TOR other than claims in stated amounts as may be
specifically excepted by the CONTRACTOR for all
things done or furnished in connection with this WORK
and for every act and neglect of the Ok NER and others
relating to or arising out of this WORK. Any payment,
however, final or otherwise. shall not release the
CONTRACTOR or his sureties from any obligations
under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or the Perform-
ance BOND and Payment BONDS.
21. INSURANCE
21.1 The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain
such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth
below which may arise out of or result from the CON-
TRACTOR'S execution of the WORK, whether such ex-
ecution be by himself or by any SUBCONTRACTOR
or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any
of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may
be liable:
21.1.1 Claims under workmen's compensation,
disability benefit and other similar employee benefit
acts,
21.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
his employees;
21.1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily in-
jury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other
than his employees;
21.1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual per-
sonal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1)
by any person as a result of an offense directly or in-
directly related to the employment of such person by
the CONTRACTOR, or (2) by any other person; and
21.1.5 Claims for damages because of injury to or
destruction of tangible property, including loss of use
resulting therefrom.
21.2 Certificates of Insurance acceptanle to the Ok,'N-
ER shall be filed with the OWNER prior to commence-
ment of the WORK. These Certificates shall contain it
provision that coverages afforded under the policies
will not be cancelled unless at least fifteen (15) da}s
prior WRITTEN NOTICE has been given to the OWN-
ER.
21.3 The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain.
at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, li-
ability insurance as hereinafter specified;
21.3.1 CONTRACTOR'S General Public Liability
and Property Damage Insurance including vehicle
coverage issued to the CONI'RACI'OR and protecting,
him from all claims for personal injury, including
death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to
property, arising out of or in connection with any
operations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
whether such operations be by himself or by anv
SUBCONTRACTOR under him, or anyone directly or
indirectly employed by the CONTRACTOR or by a
SUBCONTRACTOR under him. Insurance shall be
written with a limit of liability of not less than 5500.000
for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including
death, at any time resulting therefrom. sustained by
any one person in any one accident; and a limit of
liability of not less than S500,000 aggregate for any
such damages sustained by two or more persons in any
one accident. Insurance shall be written with a limit
of liability of not less than S200,0no for all property
damage sustained by any one person in any one acci-
dent: and a limit of liability of not less than S200,000
aggregate for any such damage sustained by two or
more persons in any one accident.
21.3.2 The CONTRACTOR shall acquire and
maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended Coverage
insurance upon the PROJECT to the full insurable
value thereof for the benefit of the OWNER. the CON-
TRACTOR, and SUBCONTRACTORS as their interest
may appear. This provision shall in no way release the
CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR'S suretv from obli-
gations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS to fully
complete the PROJECT.
21.4 The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain,
at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, in
accordance with the provisions of the laws of the
state in which the work is performed. Workmen's
Compensation Insurance, including occupational
disease provisions, for all of his employees at the site
of the PROJECT and in case any work is sublet. the
CONTRACTOR shall require such SUBCONTRACTOR
similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insur-
ance, including occupational disease provisions for all
of the latter's employees unless such employees are
covered by the protection afforded by the CONTRAC-
TOR. In case anv class of employees enraged in haz-
ardous work under this contract at the site of the
PROJECT is not protected under Workmen's Compen-
sation statute, the CONTRACTOR shall provide, and
shall cause each SUBCONTRACTOR to provide. ade-
quate and suitable insurance for the protection of his
employees not otherwise protected.
21.5 The CONTRACTOR shall secure, if applicable.
"All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for WORK to
be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the
OWNER, t..: amount of such insurance shall not be
less than CONTRACT PRICE totaled in the BID.
The polic% shall cover not less than the losses due to
fire. explosion, hail, li,,htning, vandalism, malicious
mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, and smoke dur-
ing the CONTRACT TIME. and until the WORK is
accepted by the OWNER. The policy shall name as the
insured the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, and the
OWNER.
91). CONTRACT SECURITY
22.1 The CONTRACTOR shall within ten (101 days
after the receipt of the NOTICE OF AWARD furnish
the OWNER with it Performance Bond and a Payment
Bond in penal sums equal to the amount of the CON-
TRACT PRICE, conditioned upon the performance by
Document No. 11
General Conditions: Page 7 of 9
the CONTRACTOR of all undertakings, covenants,
terms, conditions and agreements of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS, and upon the prompt payment by the
CONTRACTOR to all persons supplying labor and
materials in the prosecution of the WORK provided by
the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Such BONDS shall be'
executed by the CONTRACTOR and a corporate bond-
ing company licensed to transact such business in
the state in which the WORK is to be performed and
named on the current list of "Surety Companies Ac-
ceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Treas-
ury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of
these BONDS shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
If at any time a surety on any such BOND is declared
a bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the state
in which the WORK is to be performed or is removed
from the list of Surety Companies accepted on Federal
BONDS, CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10) days
after notice from the OWNER to do so, substitute an
acceptable BOND for BONDS) in such form and sum
and signed by such other surety or sureties as may be
satisfactory to the OWNER. The premiums on such
BOND shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. No further
payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until
the new surety or sureties shall have furnished an
acceptable BOND to the OWNER.
23. ASSIGN,%IENTS
23.1 Neither the CONTRACTOR nor the OWNER
shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the
Contract or any portion thereof. or of his right, title or
interest therein, or his obligations thereunder, %vithout
written consent of the other party.
24. INDEMNIFICATION
24.1 The CONTRACTOR will indemnify and hold
harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER and their
agents and employees from and against all -claims,
damages, losses and expenses including attorney's
fees arising out of or resulting from the performance
of the WORK, provided that any such claims, damage.
loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sick-
ness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of
tangible property including the loss of use resulting
therefrom; and is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent or willful act or omission of the CONTRAC-
TOR, and SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or in-
directly employed by any of them or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable.
242 In any and all claims against the OWNER or the
ENGINEER, or any of their agents or employees, by
any employee of the CONTR.'ACTOR, am- SUBCON-
TRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them, or anvone for whose arts any of them
may be liable, the indemnification obligation shall not
be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount
or type of damages, compensation or benefits payablrr
by or for [tie CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRAC-
TOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability
benefit acts or other employee benefits acts.
24.3 The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this
Para--raph shall not extend to the liability of the
ENGINEER, his agents or employees arising out of the
Preparation or approval of maps. DRAWINGS, opini-
ons, reports, surveys, CHANGE' ORDERS, designs or
SPECIFICATIONS.
25• SEPARATE CONTRACTS
25.1 The O%VNER reserves the right to let other con -
Document No. 11
General Conditions: Page 8 of 9
tracts in connection with this PROJECT. The CON-
TRACTOR shall afford other CONTRACTORS reason-
able opportunity for the introduction and storage of
their materials and the execution of their WORK, an
liK
shall properly connect and coordinate his WORK wi
theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part o
the CONTRACTOR'S WORK depends upon the WORK
of any other CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall
inspect and promptly report to the ENGINEER any
defects in such WORK that render it unsuitable for
such proper execution and results.
25.2 The OWNER may perform additional WORK re-
lated to the PROJECT by himself, or he may let other
contracts containing provisions similar to these. The
CONTRACTOR will afford the other CONTRACTORS
who are parties to such Contracts (or the OWNER, if
he is performing the additional WORK himself), rea-
sonable opportunity for the introduction and storage
of materials and equipment and the execution of
WORK, and shall properly connect and coordinate his
WORK with theirs,
25.3 If the performance of additional WORK by other
CONTRACTORS or the OWNER is not noted in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS prior to the execution 0
0
the CONTRACT, written notice thereof shall be give
to the CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such addi-
tional WORK. If the CONTRACTOR believes that the
performance of such additional WORK by the OWNER
or others involves him in additional expense or entities
him to an extension of the CONTRACT TINE, he may
make a claim therefor as provided in Sections 14 and
15.
26. SUBCONTRACTING
26.1 The CONTRACTOR may utilize the services of
specialty SUBCONTRACTORS on those parts of the
WORK which, under normal contracting practices, are
performed by specialty SUBCONTRACTORS.
26.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not award WORK to
SUBCONTRACTOR(s), in excess of fifty (50'.'t ) percent
of the CONTRACT PRICE, without prior written ap-
proval of the OWNER.
26.3 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to
the OWNER for the acts and omissions of his SUB-
CONTRACTORS, and of persons either directly or in-
directly employed by them, as he is for the acts and
omissions of persons directly employed by him.
26.4 The CONTRACTOR shall cause appropriate pro-
visions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the
WORK to bin:l SUBCONTRACTORS to the CONTRAC-
TOR by th ,terms of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
insofar as al)i;licable to the WORK of SUBCONTRAC-
TORS and to give the CONTRACTOR the same power
as regards terminating any subcontract that the O%VN-
ER may exercise over the CONTRACTOR under any
provision of thc CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
26.5 Nothing contained in this CONTRACT shall cre-
ate an} contractual relation between any SUBCON-
TRACTOR and the O1VNER.
27. ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY
27.1 The ENGINEER shall act as the OWNER'S repre-
sentative during the construction period. fie shall de-
cide questions which may arise as to quality and ac-
ceptability of materials furnished and WORK per-
formed. He shall interpret the intent of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS in a fair and unbiased manner. The
•
•
LJ
L_
ENGINEER will make visits to the site and determine if
the WORK is proceeding in accordance with the CON-
TRACT DOCUMENTS.
27.2 The CONTRACTOR will be held strictly to the in-
tent of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in regard to the
quality of materials, workmanship and execution of the
WORK. Inspections may be made at the factory or fab-
rication plant of the source of material supply.
27.3 The ENGINEER will not be responsible for the
construction means, controls, techniques, sequences,
procedures, or construction safety.
27.4 The ENGINEER shall promptly make decisions
relative to interpretation of the: CONTRACT DOCU-
MENTS.
28. LAND AND RIGHTS -OF -WA Y
28.1 Prior to issuance of NOTICE TO PROCEED, the
OWNER shall obtain all land and rights -of -way neces-
sary for carrying out and for the completion of the
WORK to be performed pursuant to the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS, unless otherwise mutually agreed.
28.2 The OWNER shall provide to the CONTRACTOR
information which delineates and describes the lands
owned and rights -of -way acquired.
28.3 The CONTRACTOR shall provide at his own ex-
pense and without liability to the OWNER any addi-
tional land and access thereto that the CONTRACTOR
may desire for temporary construction facilities, or for
storage of materials.
29. GUARANTY
29.1 The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all materials
and equipment furnished and WORK performed for a
period of one (1) year from the date of SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR warrants and guar-
antees for a period of one (1) year from the date of
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION of the system that the
completed system is free from all defects due to
faulty materials or workmanship and the CONTRAC-
TOR shall promptly make such corrections as may be
necessary by reason of such defects including the re-
pairs of any damage to other parts of the system re-
sulting from such defects. The OWNER will give notice
of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the
event that the CONTRACTOR should fail to make such
repairs, adjustments. or other WORK that may be made
necessary by such defects, the OWNER may do so and
charge the CONTRACTOR the cost thereby incurred.
The Performance BOND shall remain in full force and
effect through the guarantee period.
30. ARBITRATION
30.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question
arising out of, or relating to, the CONTRACT DOCU-
MENTS or the breach thereof, except for claims which
have been waived by the making and acceptance of
final payment as provided by Section 20. shall be de-
cided by arbitration in accordance with the Construc-
tion Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbi-
tration Association. This agreement to arbitrate shall be
specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitra-
tion law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall
be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
30.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be
filed in writing with the other party to the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS and with the American Arbitration Asso-
ciation, and a copy shall be filed with the ENGINEER.
Demand for arbitration shall in no event be made on
any claim, dispute or other matter in question which
would be barred by the applicable statute of limita-
tions.
30.3 The CONTRACTOR will carry on the WORK and
maintain the progress schedule during any arbitration
proceedings, unless otherwise mutually agreed in
writing.
31. TAXES
31.1 The CONTRACTOR will pay all sales, consumer,
use and other similar taxes required by the law of the
place where the WORK is performed.
Document No. 11
General Conditions: Page 9 o! 9
•
{
•
0
INDEX
SECTION I
GE`E' BAL
Paragraph No.
1
General
2
Licenses and Permits
3
Reference to Manufacturers
4
5
Detailed and Manufacturer's Drawings
As -Built Data
6
Requirement of Manufacturers
7
Material Approval
8
Storage of Materials
9
Erection Supervision
10
Progress of Work
11
Schedule of Work
12
Tools
13
14
Salvaged Equipment and Materials
A
Operating
rating and Maintenance Instructions
Photographs
16
Preservation of Property
17 ,
Temporary Desk Space
18
Cleanup
19
Guaranty
20
Standard Specifications
21
Or Equal Clause
Paco No.
1
1
1
1 .
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
i
io
j
4
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION I
GENERAL
1. 'GENERAL
The following Sections I through XII are intended to cover construction
of all types of utilities. The Contractor shall consider only those portions
which apply to the particular utility involved in the Contract.
The work covered by these specifications comprises the furnishing of all
Plant, labor, material and equipment, and installation and construction of all
items, and performances of all works necessary to complete the project as
shown on the drawings and described in these specifications in a satisfactory
and acceptable manner.
2. LICENSES AND PER -SITS
Prior to beginning construction, the Contractor shall obtain and display
all City, County and State licenses required by law in the operation of his
business.
3• REFERENCE TO MA1NUFACTURERS
Any reference to manufacturers is not intended to limit the equipment to
that manufacturer, but is given to establish a standard of quality and to
indicate the type of material desired.
If a change in the details of construction and equipment accessories is
necessary to meet the particular type of equipment selected, no additional
increase in the Contract price will be allowed in connection with such chances.
Any such change shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be accompanied by
detailed drawings if deviation from the Contract drawings is required. The
Contractor shall list in the Bid Proposal manufacturers of the major equiment
that he intends to furnish. p
4. DETAILED AND MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer, prior to
start of construction, detailed or shop drawings of all equipment he contem-
plates furnishing under this Contract. This shall include reinforcing details,
iron work, electrical layout, piping and typical pump curves. Equipment shall
not be fabricated until shoo drawings have been approved...Five (5) copies of
all drawings shall be submitted. ..All shoo drawings shall be checked and sinned
or stamped by the Contractor before submission to the Engineer.
The approval of Contractor's shop drawings
relieve the Contractor from the responsibility
nor shall it relieve him of the responsibility
I-1
will be general and shall not
for adherence to the Contract,
for any error which may exist.
Where such errors or or.+.issio:is are discovered later, they shall bennade
good by the Contractor irrespective of any approval by the Engineer.
5. 'AS -BUILT DATA
Promptly after completion of any portion of the work provided for
in this Contract, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer all data
necessary to revise the plans and specifications to the as -built condition.
The Contractor will be held responsible for the accuracy of such data
and shall bear any costs incurred in the location of service wyes or other
work as a result of incorrect as -built data furnished by the Contractor.
6• REQUIREMENT OF MANUFACTURERS
Equipment described in these specifications shall be installed in
complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and, except
where operational guarantees are required, proof must be given by the
manufacturer that similar equipment of his make has been in satisfactory
operation under comparable conditions for a period of at least two (2) 0
years unless otherwise stated.
7. MATERIAL, APPROV..
All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be new and as indicated
in the applicable specifications or shown on the drawings. The Contractor
shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence for the approval of
the Engineer, as to the kind and quality of materials. Copies of specific
tests called for in the specifications shall be furnished in three (3)
copies. Before beginning work, the Contractor shall advise and shall
Obtain the approval of the Engineer in writing, of any optional materials
allowable under the various headings, which he proposes to use.
8. STORAGE OF MATER2?1LS
Suitable storage facilities shall be furnished by the Contractor.
All materials, supplies and equipment intended for use in the work shall
be stored by the Contractor to prevent damage from ex
With foreign substancposure, admixture
es, or vandalism. The Engineer will refuse to accept,
or sample for testing, materials, supplies or equipment that have been
improperly stored. Materials found unfit for use shall not be incorporated
in the work and shall immediately be removed =rom the construction or
storage site.
9. ERECTION sUPERVISIO.I
The installation or erection of all major equipment shall be supervised
by factory trained personnel representing the manufacturer of the equipment.
Major equipment shall be considered as those items listed in the "Equipment.
Schedule" in the Bid Proposal. The Contractor shall be responsible for
the notification to the equipment manufacturer or supplier to assure presence
of responsible personnel to supervise installation or erection of equipment
involved. •
I-?
6
•
10. PROGRESS OF WOR.TC
If at any time, the materials and appliances to be used, appear to the
Engineer as insufficient or improper for securing the quality cf work required,
or the required rate of progress, he may order the Contractor to increase
efficiency or to improve the character of his work and the his
conform to such an order; but the failure of the Engineer Contractor shall
crease of such efficiency or any improvement shall not release o dethedContrany actcr
from his obligation to secure the quality of work or the rate of progress
necessary to complete the work within the limits imposed by the Contract.
11. SCHEDULE OF WOR.K
The work shall be scheduled to minimize interference with traffic and
Public utility services. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to main-
tain traffic on all main thoroughfares. The Contractor shall submit a schedule
of work to the Engineer for his approval and shall up -date this schedule bi-
monthly if actual progress does not follow original schedule. The Engineer
shall have the right to re -schedule work where objectionable interference is
indicated.
12. TOOLS
The Contractor shall provide one (1) kit of service tools with each piece
Of mechanical equipment furnished under these specifications. The tools shall
be of first quality and as furnished or recommended by the manufacturer o= the
equipment to be serviced. -
13. SALVAGED EQUIPMENT OR `ATERIALS
In the absence of special provisions to the Contract, salvaged materials,
equipment or supplies that occur are the property of the Owner and shall be
cleaned and stored as directed by the Engineer. Contractor will not be re-
quired to haul salvaged materials from the site of work unless otherwise speci-
fied in the Contract.
14. OPERATING AND MAINTE`TANCE I*ISTRUCTIONS
The Contractor for this project shall provide to the Owner two sets of
brochures containing spare parts, data and operating and maintenance instruc-
tions on all major equipment furnished for the project. This material shall
be furnished before the completion of the project and before final payment is
made to the Contractor.
15 . PHGTOGP_n pHS
The Contractor shall make provisions for photographs to be taken of any
unusual conditions during the course of construction where a photographic
record is desirable and required by -the Engineer. The cost of this item will
be provided for as an extra under a Contract Change Order. The photographs
I-3
desired are to be approximately 8 x 10 inches in size. Two prints and
the negative of each picture shall be delivered to the Engineer.
16. PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY
The Contractor shall preserve from damage all property along the
line of the work, or which is in the vicinity of or is in any way affected
by the work, the removal or destrsction of which is not called for by
the plans. This applies to public utilities, sod, walks, trees, monuments,
fences, pipe and underground structures, public streets, or highways,
except natural wear and tear of streets or highways resulting from legiti-nate
use thereof by the Contractor. Wherever such property is damaged due
to the activities of the Contractor, it shall be immediately restored
to its original condition by the Contractor at his own expense.
In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such
property or make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, after 48 hours
notice to the Contractor, proceed to repair, rebuild or otherwise restore
such property as may be deemed necessary and the cost thereof will be
deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor from receiving proper compensation for the removal, damage or 'replace^ient of
any public or private property, not shown on the plans, when same is made
necessary by alteration of grade or alignment', and such work is authorized
by the Engineer, provided that such property has not been damaged through
fault of the Contractor, his employees or agents.
17. TEMPORARY DESK SPACE
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a temporary desk and
drawing board space located in a suitable area where the work is being
performed. He -shall provide a suitable desk, drafting board, chair,
telephone service, adequate lighting and means to securely lock the sace
during the Engineer's absence. p
18. CLEANUP
Attention is directed to the "Cleaning Up" provisions specified in
the General Conditions of the Contract Docu.*ients, wherein it is the Contractors
responsibility to "Maintain at all times work and other areas, clear of
debris, trash and other objectionable matter." Contractor's schedule
of work as submitted under the provisions o: paragraph 11 of this section
shall reflect the Contractor's planning for this work. The schedule shall
indicate that a 30 day period will not be exceeded from the time of start_rc
excavation for trenches and manholes to completion of clean up in the
scheduled work area.
The Contractor shall remove surplus excavated materials and materials
for construction as the work progresses, and shall render the street suitable,
safe and convenient for traffic. Before final acceptance of the work,
the Contractor shall clean the street surface, walks, gutters, fences,
lawns, trees and shrubbery, private rights -of -way and structures, leaving
them in as good
I-4
conditions as originally found, and shall remove all machinery, tools, surplus
materials, temporary buildings and other structures from the site of work.
Furthermore, the sewers, manholes, inlets and other structures shall be cleared
of all scaffolding, centering, surplus mortar, rubbish or dirt, and left in a
clean and proper condition.
19. GUARA�IITY
The Contractor for the work herein specified, in consideration of the
Prices bid and to be received therefor, guarantees that the workmanship and
materials furnished under the specifications and used in said work, are first
class in all respects, and are of such kind, quality and amount, that for a
period of one year after the completion and final acceptance thereof by the
Owner, the work shall require no repairs or renewals of defects in workmanship
or materials.
If, during the said guaranty period, the improvement shall in the opinion
Of the Engineer or the
Owner, require any repairs or renewals which in his or
its judgement are necessitated by reason
of settlement of foundation, forthwith structure
upon notification by the Engineer
or the Owner of the necessity for
such repairs or renewals, make such repairs
or renewals at his own cost and
expense. Should the Contractor fail to make such
repairs or renewals within
a reasonable time after notification as provided, fail
or to start such work
within one week after such notification, the Owner
may cause such work to be
done, either by contract or otherwise, and the Contractor
or his sureties
shall pay the entire cost and expense thereof.
20. STANDARD SPECIe ICATIOAtS
'
Reference to ASTM, Federal, ArNVA, or other standards and specifications
refers to the latest issue
or revision.
21. OR EOUAL CLAUSE
Whenever a material or article required is specified or shown on the
by using
plans
the name of the proprietary product or of a particular manufacturer
or vendor, any
material or article which will perform adequately the duties
i=osed by the
general design will be considered equal and satisfactory pro-
viding the
material or article so proposed is of equal substance and function.
22. PL;L'IS AND SPE'CIFIC.ATIOirS
•
The contractor shall be provided four (4) sets of plans and specifications
at no charge, within ten days after a Notice to Proceed is issued. Any addi-
tional Gets, if requested, will be paid for by the contractor at the current
rate charged by the Engineer.
I-5
•
•
•
I:i DE:{
Sc.CTiCN II
EApmT•lOR?;
Paraaraoh No.
1
General
2
Clearing of the Sites
3
Excavation
4
Backfill
5
Disposal of Materials
6
Grass Plots
7
Alleys, Driveways, Roadways
8
Pavement Replacement
9
Sidewalk, Curb and Gutter Removal
and
and Replacement
10
Subgrade
11
Fine Grading -
12
Erosion Control
1.3
Controlled Fill
Page No.
1
1
1
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION II
EARTI-7.IORI<
1. GENERAL,
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of fur-
nishing all plant, labor, equipment and materials and in perfo=ing all opera-
tions in connection with clearing, grubbing, excavating, filling, backfilling,
and grading required for work covered by these specifications.
2. CLEARING OF THE SITES
The sites of work shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, paving and objec-
tionable material which interfere with prosecution of proposed work. Trees
and shrubs .which will not int46erfere with construction shall be protected from
damage. Clearing of site will be considered as an incidental item of excava-
tion.
3. EXCAVATION
a. General
(1) The Contractor shall perform, all excavation described of what-
ever substance encountered to dimensions and depths shown on the drawings or as
directed. Undercutting will not be permitted, except when ordered by the
Engineer. Material suitable for backfill shall be stockpiled near the site.
Rock or other material urdersirable for backfill shall be spoiled outside the
work area in a neat manner, as directed by the Engineer.
(2) Existing utilities, structures and fencing shall be protected
• during the construction period, and, if damaged or removed by the Contractor
in his operations, shall be repaired or replaced by him at no additional costs
to the Owner.
b. Rock
Rock is generally defined as any material which cannot be excavated by
usual hand or machine methods and is more specifically defined as mate
which cannot be excavated without drilling, blastin rides
more than 1 cubic g, or boring, or boulders
yard in volume. The work shall be excavated to a minimum*
depth of four inches below the bottom of the pipe and all undercut trench
excavation shall be backfilled with approved material and thoroughly tamped.
C. Blastina
(1) Blasting shall be performed as directed or approved as to
nuMber, length, placing and direction and loading of holes. The charges used
•
shall not make the excavation unduly large or irregular, not shatter the
rock upon or against which masonry is to be built, nor injure masonry
or existing structures at the site or in the vicinity thereof. Each blast
shall be covered with heavy timber or steel mats. Blasting will not be
Permitted within 25 feet of completed piping or structures.
(2) Whenever the Engineer determines that future blasting may
injure or damage adjacent rock, masonry or other structures, blasting
shall be discontinued. In such case, the remaining rock shall be excavated
by barring, wedging, or other approved methods.
(3) Where sewers, gas, water, steam or other utility ducts
or lines, basin connections cr other structures have been exposed during
excavation, such structures shall be adequately protected from damage
before proceeding with the blasting. Any structure, pipe line or conduit
damaged by blasting shall be promptly repaired at no cost to the Owner.
(4) Blasting shall not be carried on within 300 feet of any
radio transmitter or radio frequency emission equipment such as high frequency
welders, and blasting caps shall be kept in tightly closed, all metal
cans when in the vicinity of such equipment.
(5) A sufficient quantity of explosives to avoid delay to the
work shall be kept on th site, but at no time shall there be a quantity
in excess of that which will be required for use within the following
twelve hours. Such explosives shall be stcred, handled, and used in conforaity
With all State and local laws, ordinances and regulations governing the
storage and use of explosives. The Contractor shall take out per-U is
and execute a bond therefore, as required by the ordinances of the
in which the work is being done, relating to jurisdiction,
g permits and bonds for blasting,
(6) The magazine keeper shall keep an accurate daily record
and account of each piece of explosive, detonator, and equipment from
the time of delivery at the magazine until used or removed from the site.
d. Stru_ ctural'
The Contractor shall remove space for erecting and removing sufficient material to allow proper
Sufficient
The elevations of the bottoms
Of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximate
only; and the Engineer may order, in writing, such changes in di -Mansions
or elevations of'footings as may be deemed n=-_essary to secure a satisfactory
foundation. Excavation for manholes and headwalls shall be su_'=icient
to leave at least 12 inches in the clear between their outer surfaces
and the embankment or timber that may be used to protect them. Backfill
of earth under manholes will not be permitted, but any excess
for these structures shall be filled with thoroughly compactedesand, gravel
or concrete at the expense of the Contractor. Manhol
directed by the Engineer. e excavations shall
not regain Oren over 48 hours after manhole bases are poured unless otherwise
is
II-2
e. Trenches
41
(1.) The Contractor shall keep pipe laying operations as close to the
excavation as possible during the prosecution of the work. The Engineer re-
serves the right to stop the excavation at any time. when, in his opinion, the
excavation is opened too far in advance of the pipe laying.
(2) Pipe trenches shall be excavated to a depth that will insure a
minimum of 36 inches of cover for water lines and 30 inches of cover for sewer
lines, unless otherwise shoran on the drawings or directed. Pipe for gravity
lines shall be laid to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Trenches
shall be only of sufficient width to provide a free working space on each side
of the pipe. To prevent excess pressure on the pipe, the maximu--i width of
sewer trench at the top of the pipe shall not be greater than two feet r,.ore
than' the greatest exterior diameter of the pipe. If this maximum width is
exceeded, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide concrete
cradle. The excavation below the spring line shall be made to confo--m as near
as possible to the sha_e of the lower third of the sewer, to protect the pine
• lines from unusual stresses. All work shall be done in open trenches. Excava-
tion shall be made for bells of all pipes, and shall be of sufficient depth to
permit access to the joint for construction and inspection. In no case will
bells be used to support the body of pipe.
(3) In case excavation has been made deeper than necessary, a layer
of concrete, fine gra-el or other suitable material in sufficient qua.t' ty
shall be placed at no extra cost to secure a fi=. foundation for the lower
third of each pipe. Excavated material shall be placed to interfere as li�t'e
as possible with public travel. Bridging 'shall be provided to afford necessary
access to public or private premises. Bridging shall be considered as part of
excavation and will not be paid for as an extra.
f • Drai race
The Contractor shall prevent the accumulation of water in both struc-
tural and trench excavation and shall remove by wellpoint system and/or by
• other means satisfactory to the Engineer any water or other liquid waste which
.acc:nulates in the excavation. The Contractor shall provide the proper eeu'P-
ment to remove water, other liquids and possible gases from the excavation and
its adjacent area. The Contractor shall prevent damage, of any sort, to public
or private property or cause undue nuisance to the public, All water removed
from the excavation site shall be piped to a storm drainage system nearest to
the excavation.
The Contractor shall submit his dewatering plan to the Engineer for
approval and conduct a test of his dewatering equigment on a site chosen by the
Engineer. No excavation wort shall cocrzance until the Contractor has received
written approval from the Encineer.
g• Sheetinq and Shorina The Contractor shall furnish and Place all necessary bracing, sheet-
ing or shoring necessary to construct and protect the excavation, existi:g
II-3
Utilities, structures of all types and as necessary for the safety of the
employees. All sheeting shall be removed by the Contractor during backfil
operations unless directed otherwise bEngineer"
the ,
shoring shall he effected in such manner as not todisturb oorlmar
the finished masonry or concrete surfaces.
h. Inspection
After each excavation for structures is completed, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect. No concrete
or reinforcing steel shall be placed until the Engineer has approved
the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material.
4. BACKFILL
a. Str;lct„ral
After completion of foundation footings and walls and other
construction below the elevation of the final grades, and prior to backfill,
all forms shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleared of all trash and debris. Material for backfilling shall consist of the excavation,
borrow, sand or other approved materials, and shall be free of trash,
lumber or other debris. Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers
not in excess of 9 inches of thickness and have a moisture content such
that a density may be obtained to prevent excessive settlement or shrinkace.
Each laver shall be compacted by hand or approved machine tampers with r extreme care being exerted not to damage pine or the structures. The
backfill shall be placed and compacted evenly against the exposed surfaces
to prevent undue stress on any surface.
b. Trenches
All trenches shall be backfilled ir;,mediately after the pipe
are laid therein, unless other protection of the pipe line is provided.
The backfill material shall be selected and deposited with sufficient
reference to the future safety of the pipe. Clean earth, sand o•
dust or other approved material shall be used for backfill. r rock
Backfill material shall be solidly tamped around the pipe in
6 inch layers up to a level at least one foot above the top of the pipe.
Backfilling shall be carried out simultaneoi4slv on both sides of the
pipe. The remainder of the backfill shall deposited in 12 inch layers _
and compacted by mechanical tampers except 4n areas where paving is to be
placed over the backfilled trench. In these areas, the entire depth of
backfill shall be deposited in 6 inch layers and compacted by hand or
mechanical tampers. Compaction shall be carried out to achieve a den-
sity of at least 95� of the maximum density as determined by A.A.S. H.O.
Method T-99, Method A.
'It is the intent of this specification to secure a condition
where no further settlement of trenches will occur so that when backfilling
is completed the roadway base may be placed immediately.
r
II-4
(Revised June 1983)
5- DISPOSAL OF �IAT::..2IALS
Such portions of the excavated materials as needed shall be used
for back -filling and grading about the completed work to the elevations
as shown on the dra:aings or as directed. All excavated material in excess
Of the quantity required for this purpose shall be dis_ccsed of by the
Contractor in those areas designated by the Owner.
The Contractor shall leave the mounding of earth over the trenches
in a neat and uniform condition acceptable to the Engineer. Clean up
shall be done as promptly as practicable and shall not be left until
the end of the construction period..
6- GRASS PLOTS
Grass plots, sod, shrubbery, ornamental trees, signs or fences and
mail boxes shall be restored to the conditions existing prior to making
the excavation, and the cost of doing this work shall be included in
the cost of the various applicable items.
7. ALLEYS, DRIVEWAYS, ROADWAYS
Roadways, alleys, and driveways constructed of shell, limerock,
stabilized soil or gravel that are traversed by the excavation work shall
be restored to the condition existing prior to making the excavation.
The Contractor may reclaim existing material by stockpiling or other
acceptable means, or he may furnish and compact new material. New or
reused material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% of the
density as determined by A.A-S.H.O. Method T-99, modifiAd. The cost
of doing this work and the furnishing of any new material required shall
be included in the cost of the applicable items of work as no separate
payment will be made, unless a separate bid item is provided in the Contract.
8. PAVENT REPLY cF:'
•
Asphalt pavement shall be removed by cutting on a straight line
With edges as
near vertical as possible. All concrete pavement or asphalt
surfaced concrete shall be
removed by cutting with a concrete saw in
as straight a line and vertically as
possible. Materials to replace
State Highway paving shall conform
to the specifications required by
the Virginia Depart.;ent of Hic:,ays.
Otter asphalt shall conic to. requirements reel -cement the requirements of the
applicable Virginia Depart::ent
Of Highways Specifications for Type Il
Asphaltic concrete sur`ace course.
Prior to replacing concrete or asphalt pavement, an approved base
shall be laid. The base
for concrete pavement shall be 6 inches of compacted
nc
thicki thickness and that for asphalt c-m
pavement shall be 8 incl— co.:,Of
thickness. The base course for each shall
be compacted to a minimum of
100% of the maximum density as determined by A.A.S.H.O.
Method T-99,
Method A; the weight of the tamper shall be
10 lbs. and it shall be dropped'
from a height of 1,g inches; the sample shall
than five layers. be cOmD3c`_ed in no less
•
II-S
All brick, concrete and block pavement replacement shall be replaced
Of like material and thickness. All asphalt or built-up asphalt pavement
replacement shall be replaced with like material as directed by the Ercineer.
All concrete for paving shall develop a minimum compressive strength of
3,000 psi. Where the pavement replacement is of like material, it shall
be replaced in a manner equal to or better than that existing at the tine
of removal.
Unless the base is sealed or other temporary paving applied over
areas to be repaved, pavement shall be replaced not later than 3 weeks
after completion ;of backfill.
The Contractor is advised that no payment will be made on lines within
State Rights -of -Ways until said Rights -of -Way have been restored to a condition
equal to or better than the condition prior to construction. The Contractor
shall be responsible for payment of permits and inspection services required
by the Virginia Department of Highways. The Contractor shall satisfy
himself as to the nature of the requirements of permits issued by the
Virginia Department of Highways for this project, and compliance with
the provisions of the permit shall be included in the unit price o_` the
item being installed.
9. SIDE;gALK, CUPS, AND GL"_"TER RE.•IOVAL AND REPLACE.•r'.1T
Sidewalk, curb, and gutter removal and replacement required in the
con-struction of this work shall be done by the Contractor. Reasonable
care shall be exercised in removing sidewalk and curb and gutter, and
the Contractor shall either stockpile or dispose of this material as directed
by the Engineer. All brick concrete or built-up asphalt sidewalk replace:,lent
and curb and gutter replacement shall be replaced of like material in
a manner and condition equal to or better than that existing at the time
Of removal. Materials and method of replacing State Highwav sidewalks
or curbs shall conform to Virginia Department of Highways Specifications.
10. UNSTABLE SUBGR?DE a
In the event that bedding for the unsuitable material is encountered at
or below the level of the pipe bed, such material shall be removed and re-
placed, or removed, stabilized, and replaced as directed in writing by the
Engineer. Material used for replacement shall be loose eart:Z, sand, gravel,
crushed rock, or other material specifically approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall be paid for gravel or roc— :.!':e materials used to replace or
stabilize the subgrade only if such materials are authorized by the Engineer.
Sand or suitable earth required shall
be furnished as a part of the ordinary
excavation and backfill. The measurement of materials required for unstable
subgrade shall include a width equal to the pipe inside diameter plus two
feet and a length measured along the centerline of the pipe. The Contractor
shall not be paid for materials used in replacing excess, unauthorized
excavation beyond the limits sho..,n in the drawings. The Engineer shall
deter mine the depth of excavation required for providing unsuitable material.
•
II-6
f
46
•
The Contractor's particular attention is called to the fact that :rate-•_
als required for unstable subgrade will not be a -- uthorized by the Engineer
ons which have resulted fromt°
correct conditions from wort: during the Contractor's negligence, or
wet weather or other well trench conditions resultinghe
Contractor's choice of working area or w fr"1 t
i weather conditions. The Contractor
will be paid for stabilizing subgrade only when it can be shown th
unst
subgrade conditions existed prier to excavation and when the Engineer de -
able
tionsnes that a payment authorization is justified by natural ground condi-
11. FI`;E GBDI:IG
All finished areas around all structures shall be graded smooth and hand
raked and shall meet the elevations and contours shown on the drawings. all
lumber, earth clods or rocks larger than 4 inches and other undesirable
materials shall be removed from the site at the completion of construction.
12. EP,OSIONI CCNTBOL
a. General
The intent of this specification is to minimize erosion and
siltation problems resulting from the construction of the proposed project.
h. Precenstruction Conference
At the preconstruction conference or prior to the start of the
applicable construction, the Contractor shall be prepared to dis-cus s plans
for sedimentation and erosion controls during construction.
Clearing and excavation operations should be so scheduled and
performed that grading operations and permanent erosion control features
can follow i.:.:-. ediately thereafter if the project conditions
otherwise te:mpora--
y measures m
erosion control Pe="'Ltt;
may be required between
successive construction stages.
C. Materials
Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, wood chips, or
other suitable materials acceptable
clean and to the Engineer and shall be reasonabiv
free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials.
Grass shall be a Quick growing species such as rye grass, Italian
rye grass, or o ther grasses suitable to the area providing a temporary cover,
Fertilizer and soil conditioners shall be a standard co,:,mercial
grade acceptable to the Engineer.
d. Ha—Ul Roads--
Temnorary haul roads crossing streams shall be constructed of
course aggregate with culverts and/or logs laid aral
Only coarse aggregate or metal of P 1_1 to the stream.wood mats may be used as a running surface
II-i
on log construction. The side slopes shall be protected with pe=anent
riprap. Temporary and Permanent haul roads shall have adeauate top width
to permit passage of all construction equipment + -
slopes. Fordingstreamsq nt wi bout sloughing of side is
y of will be permitted only where erosion and/or
Siltation will not be caused by this action.
e. Stream Bank Protection
Following the installation of the pipeline, all work areas along
or across streams shall be restored immediately in accordance with the
Procedures outlines below, and in no event shall the exposed bed and banks
remain unprotected over seven days, except where subsequent permission is
provided for a "pumping and testing operation." All disturbed stream
banks shall have a finished slope no steeper than one on two (one vertical
and two horizontal) to prevent sloughing until stabilized by vegetative
cover or riprap.
All raw soil exposed above the permanent riprap protection line
shall be either sodded; riprapped; or seeded, fertilized and mulched.
Temporary riprap (sand bags) may be used. Mulch is to consist of three
inches of straw or other approved material. Muler than
ch on slopes great 10 percent shall be held in place by a spray of asphalt type SS-1S
emulsion mixed with an equal amount of water.
Seeding and fertilizing rates shall be as' follows: Fertilizer
per acre-200 pounds of 6-24-24; Seed per acre - 10 pounds Kentucky 31
fescue, 3 pounds Birds -foot trefoil, and 3 pounds white clover.
Permanent riprap shall be placed. three feet above normal hich
water line or to top of the bank. Permanent riprap shall be 5 to 1 mix
Of sand to cement in burlap or canvas bags, "Sackrete," broken concrete,
man-size rock or. other material approved by the Engineer. "Sackrete"
where used shall be transferred to burlap or canvas bags.
f. Final clean-ul)
Final clean-up shall consist of removing the temporary haul roads
across streams, restoring the streams as nearly as h
-
configuration, width, depth and bottom material; protection of the stre a.��nal
banks as specified above; and removing all construction material and debris
from the crossing site, including any material and debris deosited do:cn--
stream from the site as a result of the
Pipeline construction-.
• 13. CONTROLLED FILL
Controlled fill construction shall consist of all fills and embankments
on this project, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to
be placed. Controlled fill shall be constructed with approved material and
placed so as to provide uniform compaction throughout. The fill shall con-
tain no muck, frozen material, roots, sod or other deleterious matter, nor
shall it be placed on frozen ground or areas covered with ice or snow.
The surface area directly beneath paved areas, shoulders or structures
on which fills of less than five feet in depth are to be constructed shall
be denuded of all vegetation and those areas which will support the compact -
inch equipment shall be scarified and compacted to a depth of six inches to
the same degree as the material which is to be placed thereon, unless other-
wise permitted by the Engineer. Sod not required to be removed shall be
thoroughly disced before construction of the fill.
When fills are to be placed and compacted against the slopes of exist-
ing fills or hillsides, or where fills are built z width at a time, slopes
steeper than 4:1 shall be continuously benched, over such areas. The benches
shall have vertical and horizontal faces of such widths and depths so that
adequate keying of the embankment into the slope will be provided.
The fill shall be placed in successive uniform layers not exceeding 8
inches in thickness, loose measurement, over the entire fill area. Each
layer shall be compacted at optimum moisture, within a tolerance of plus
or minus 20 percent of optimum, to a minimum density of not less than 95
percent as compared to the theoretical maximum density. Field density
tests will be performed by the contractor in accordance with AASHTO-T-99 to
include material sizes used in the laboratory determination of density.
The number of test shall be determined by the Engineer.
The degree of compaction is expressed as a percentage of the maximum
• density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D-698 (AASHTO-T-99)
abbreviated hereinafter as a percent of ASTM maximum density.
•
Construction equipment shall be either routed uniformly over the entire
surface of each layor or the layer shall be scarified to its full depth in
the area where the equipment is routed prior to placing subsequent layers
thereon. The best material shall be reserved for finishing and dressing
the surface of the fill.
No material shall be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen or con-
tain frost. The fill shall be satisfactory material and shall be free from
roots, other organic material and trash, debris and frozen materials. The
material shall be placed in successive horizontal layers as specified below
and compacted as requied below. Each layer shall be compacted before the
overlaying lift is placed.
II-9
Fill under proposed buildings shall be placed in successive horizontal •
layers of 8 inches in loose depth, and shall be compacted to 98% of labora-
tory maximum density.
Fill under proposed paved areas including tennis courts and track paved
areas shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of 9 to 12 inches in
loose depth for fill depths less than three feet in thicknesses and shall
be compacted to 95% of laboratory maximum density. Fills below this depth
may be placed in 18 inch loose lifts to incorporate oversized material de-
rived from onsite blasting. All clusters of larger rock particles shall be
manipulated to eliminate voids and segregated zones. Each layer of fill
below three feet shall be spread uniformly until all voids are choked with
smaller materials. The entire layer shall then be densely compacted using
six passes of a ten ton vibratory sheepsfoot roller.
Fill under grass area shall be placed in successive horizontal layers
of 12 inches in loose depth and shall be compacted to 90% of laboratory
maximum density for a minimum of three foot depth fills below this depth
may be placed in 18 inch loose lifts to incorporate oversized material de- •
rived from onsite blasting. Placing shall be identical to that described
under paved areas in the proceeding paragraph.
•
L�
II-10
C
•
•
•
0
INDEX
SECTT_ON IIT_
CONCRETE
Paracraph No.
Pace
1
Composition
2
Design of the Concrete Mix
1
3
Strength
1
4
High -Early Strength Concrete
1
5
Concrete
1
6
Fine Aggregate
2
7
Coarse Aggregate
2
8
Admixtures
3
9
Water
4
10
Storage
4
11
12
Sampling and Testing Concrete
5
13
Sampling and TestingConcrete r
Materials
5
Proportioning
5
14
_
Mixing and Placing
5
1s
16
Finish of Concrete Other than Floors and Slabs
Concrete
6
Floor
9
17
Curing
9
18
Forts
10
19
Reinforcements
.11
20
Ea1bedded Items
12
21
22
Expansion and Contraction Joints
13
4?atertightness
14
14
D` 71=-D SPECI:ICATIC.IS
SECTION III
CONCRETE
1. CO:2DOSITION
Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse
aggregate and water so proportioned and mixed as to produce a plastic, work-
able mixture in accordance with all requirements under this section and suit-
able to the specific Condit -ions of placement.
2. DESIGN OF THE CO.IC?ETE MIX
Prior to the corm-tencement of work, the Contractor shall provide, for the
Engineer's approval, the design of the concrete mixes intended for this work.
The design shall indicate the proportions of all the materials in the mix by
weight; except that the aggregates shall be indicated by weights and also by
dry compacted volumes. The water/cement ratio shall be indicated in gallons
of water per sack of cement. Mix design shall be made by an approved testing
laboratory subject to the requirements of this specification.
The Contractor will employ a reliable testing laboratory to make and test
three cylinders of the design concrete mixes. The cylinders shall be made,
cured and tested in accordance with the current ASTM Specifications C 192.
The Engineer shall be provided, for approval, three copies of the testing
laboratory's report.
3. STRENGTH
Concrete, unless otherwise noted or specified, shall be designed to devel-
op a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch•at the ace of
28 days. Miscellaneous or unreinforced concrete may be designed to develop a
•' minimum compressive strength of 2,500 pounds per square inch of 28
days, except that any concrete on public right-of-wav surfaces tmust betheedesigned
to have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3000 psi.
4. HIGH-EA??,Y STRENGTH CONC'^TE
Concrete made with high -early strength Portland cement or other special
cements shall be used only when specifically called for or autorized by the
Engineer. The seven-day compressive strength of concrete, when made with
high -early strength cement, shall be at least equal to the specified minimum
28 day cempressive strengta. All provisions of these specifications, exce_ct
for cement, shall be applicable to such concrete. However, air entrained
concrete must be used on work within public right-of-ways.
•
. CONCRETE 0
Unless otherwise stated, Portland cement shall be used and
conform to the Standard Specifications for Portland cement, AST:I
Designation C 150-62, and shall be Type I.
Cement for high -early -strength concrete shall be used, if specified,
and shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Portland cement,
ASTM Designation C 150-62, and shall be Type III.
Air entraining cement shall be used if specified, and shall
conform to AST_q Specification C -175-61. .
6. FINE AGGRr.GATE
a. Composition
. Fine aggregate shall be natural sharp sand.
b. Quality
Fine aggregate shall consist of hard, strong, durable
and uncoated particles and shall conform to the AST_•I Designation
C 33.
C. Grading
(1) Except as provided in (2) below, fine aggregate shall
confo--,m to the following requirements:
' Total Passing
Percent by Weight
3/8
inch
No.
4 sieve
(Standard square mesh)
No.
16 sieve
(Standard square mesh)
100
+'
No.
50 sieve
(Standard square mesh)
-100
No.
100 sieve
(Standard square mesh)
585
0-100-
(2) Deficiencies in percentages of fine aggregate passing
the No. 50 and No. 100 sieve, as required in the above gradation,
may be remedied by addition of a satisfactor•• inorganic fine material;
provided, at least 5 percent passes the No. sieve and the aggregate
is of proper consistent gradation within the specified limits.
Such added material, which will be considered and included as fine
aggregate, shall be sufficient in quantity to meet the minimum requirements
above for percentage passing the No. 100 sieve and otherwise to
produce the workability required by the Engineer. The blending
of any material with the original naturally graded sand to remedy
deficiency in gradation shall be accomplished by charging the mixer
and only on ap-proval by the Engineer.
•
•
•
0
d. Deleterious Substances
The substances designated shall not be present in excess o� -
following amounts: -
Substance
Percent bv_ Weich_
Clay lumps
Material removed by decantation from aggregate1
not more than ,
Organic material 1-1/2
ASTM Plate I or be--
e. Mortar Strength
Mortar specimens made with the fine aggregate shall have a compressive
strength at 28 days of at least 90 percent of the strength of si__^..ilar s^eci-:ens
made with Ottawa sand and have a fineness modulus of 2.4 plus or :sinus 0.10.
f. Tests
determine Fiagegate shall be subjected to careful, thorough aralvs s to
conformity with all requirements of -these specifications.
7 • COARSE AGGP.EGZ,TS
a. Ccmcosition
Coarse aggregate shall consist of well graded gravel or crushed stcne
conforming to the require:ents of AST_•1 Designation C 33, grader as to qu="ity
and size as follows.
b. Quality
Coarse aggregate shall consist of hard, tough and durable particles
free from adherent coating. It shall contain no vegetable matter nor soft
friable, thin or elongated particles in quantities considered delete
total percentage of all deleterious substances shall deleterious The
The substances designated shall not be present in excess ofthefollowingght.
amounts:
Clay lu.'nps or other soluble material
Removed by decantation 1/4 Percent
1 percent
Soft fragments
5 percent
When the material removed by decantation cr shed dirt, the ma:cimui amount permitted may be raised to 1-1/2 percconsists essentially of
ent.
Aggregate which has disintegrated or weathered badly under exposure conditions
shall not be used.
c. Si-�
(1) Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from fine to
coarse so that concrete of the required workability, density, and
strength can be made without the use of an excess amount of sand,
water or cement.
(2) The maximum size mesh screen for the aggregate -shall
not be less than 3/4 inch or more than 1-1/2 inches. Where cover
over reinforcing is less than. 2 inches, maximum size shall be 3/4
inch.
(3) Within any of the above indicated size limits, not
less than 94% of the material shall be retained on a standard square
mesh screen of the minimum size indicated, and not more than 5 percent
shall be contained on a standard square mesh screen of the maximum
size indicated.
(4) The grading of the coarse aggregate in the mixed
concrete shall fall within the following limits:
Maximum size mesh screen (sq. mesh) 97-100 percent
1/2 Max. size mesh screen (sq. mesh) 40-70 percent
No. 4 sieve 0-6 percent
When warranted by local conditions, the percentage by
weight passing the 1/2 maximu.n size mesh screen (square mesh) may
be reduced from 40-70 to 40-60.
$ • AD%IIXTJRES
A water reducing retarder similar to Pozzolith Retarder as
manufactured by the Master Builders Company, Cleveland, Ohio, or
approved equal, may be used where approved by the Engineer and added
to concrete in accordance with the manufacturer's reommendations.
This admixture shall be one that acts as a cement discpersing agent
and retards the settling of the concrete in the early stages.
Air entraining agents may be used where approved by the Engineer
and shall conformto AS —..I Designation C_60-63. Air entrained concrete
shall have an air content of 4.5 percent, ply; or minus 1.5 percent,
of the volume of the concrete.
Air entrained concrete must be used on work within Virginia
State Highway Depart::ents rig'-r-s-of-way.
9. WATER
The water used in miX ng concrete shall be fresh, clean and
free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, or organic matter.
III-4
•
0
0
C
•
f
•
10. STORAGE
a. Cement
Cement shall be stored in a thoroughly dry, weathertight, and prop-
erly ventilated building with adequate provisions for the prevention of t're
absorption of moisture. Storage shall be such as to permit easy access for
inspection and definite identification of each shipment.
b. Aaarecates
The fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately
such a manner as to avoid the inclusion of any foreign material in
Stockpiles of coarse aggregate shall be built in horizontal lavers
segregation. -
11. SAMPLING AND TESTI`1G CMIC?,ETE
and in
the concrete.
to avoid
The Contractor shall provide, for test purposes, one set of three Cylin-
ders taken from each day's pour or each 100 yards placed, whic'ever is least
or as directed by the Engineer. The standard age of test shall be 28 days;
but, when approved by the Engineer, 7 day tests may be used provided that the
relation between the 7 and 28 days strengths of the concrete is established by
test for materials and proportions used. If the test strength of the cylinders
falls below the minimum allowable compressive strength, the Engineer shall
have the right to order the Contractor to remove and renew thatday's pour of
concrete or the Contractor shall accept such deductions in the final payee t.
12. SAMPLING AND TESTING CONCRETE ;•LATE?I?r.5
Sampling and testing of concrete materials shall be made in accordance
With ASTM Specifications. Test samples shall be supplied by the Contractor at
his expense, and tests shall be made by the Contractor at his expense, under
the supervision of the Engineer. The source
from which concrete aggregates
are to be obtained shall be selected by the Contractor well in advance of the
ti-me when they will be required in the work; and suitable samples, as they are
to be used in the concrete, shall be furnished in advance of the time when -the
Placing of the concrete is expected to begin.
13. P°07"RTIC`1ING
a. Basis
All concrete materials shall be proportioned so as to produce a
workable mixture in which the water con
tent will not exceed ha ,^xi,speci=ied. :um
b. Control
The exact proportions 0-4 all materials entering the concrete shall
be as directed by tee Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all ecu4=ment
III-5
necessary to positively determine and control the actual amounts
of all materials entering into the concreti. The prc_ortions will
be changed whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, such changes
become necessary to obtain the specified strength and the desired
density, uniformity, and workability, and the Contractor will not
be compensated because of such changes.
C. Measurement
All materials shall be measured by weight except that
water may be measured by volume. One bag of cement will be considered
as 94 lbs. in weight, and one gallon water as 8.33 lbs.
d. Cement Content
Each cubic yard of concrete shall contain not less than
the following quantity of cement:
3,000 lbs/sq. in.
2,500 lbs/sq. in.
e. Water Content
5-3/4 bags or 540 pounds
5 bags or 470 pounds
In calculating the total water content in any mix, the
moisture carried on the Sur -;race of the aggregate particles shall
be included. The total water content per bag of cement for each
batch of concrete shall not exceed the following:
3,000 lbs/sq. in.
2,500 lbs/sq. in.
6-1/2 gal. or 54.2 lbs.
7-1/2 gal. or 62.5 lbs.
In general, the consistency of any mix shall be that required
for the specified placing conditions and method of placement, and
ordinarily the slump shall be between one inch and four inches as
directed by the Engineer when tested in accordance with the current
Specifications for "Method of Test for Consistencv of Portland Cement
Concrete" of the American Society for Testing Materials.
f. Aggregate Content
The total volume of aggregates to used in each cubic
Yard of concrete shall be that necessary to _`duce a dense mitt re
of the required workability, as determined by laboratory tests
of an approved and recognized laboratory. The ratio of fine aggregate
to total aggregate shall be minimum of 40 percent on the basis of
dry, compact columns measured separately.
14. MIXING A-,TD PLACI"G
a. Ecuicnt
(1) Mixing of the materials shall be accomolished by
IIT_-6
E
W
•
an approved weight batch tv_ e mixing machine except that when spec fical'v authorized by the Engineer, small quantities may be mixed by hand.
Adequate equipment and facilities shall be provided for accurate measure-
ment and control of the materials entering into the concrete. The
minimum time for mixing each batch after all materials are combined shall
be 1-1/2 minutes. The mixer shall revolve a minimum of twelve revolut_cns
after all materials have been placed therein and at a unifora speed.
Neither speed nor volume capacity of the mixer shall exceed those recom-
mended by the manufacturer. Excessive over -mixing requiring additions of
water to preserve the required consistency will not be permitted.
(2) When authorized by the Engineer, ready -mixed concrete may be
used. The quality and characteristics of the mix shall conform in every
respect to the requirements for concrete mixed at the site. Except for
materials herein specified, ready -mixed concrete shall conform to the AS*.!
Specification C 94102.
4 b. Placing
(1) No concrete shall be placed in the forms until all rein=crce-
ments have been placed and securely fastened, all anchors; fixtures anal other
materials to be built into the concrete are in place, forms cleaned of all
debris and other foreign material, oiled or wet, and placing of reinfercament
and fora work are inspected and approved by the Engineer. g All concrete snail
be placed in the dry except for tremie or seal concrete.
(2) All concrete shall be placed in daylight except where dra ;,
call for cont_nuous "- as
pours of such quantity t o necessitate
ssitate lieplaciZc. In
such case, the Contractor shall
prcvide adequate lightg so as to carry his operation to the satisfaction of the
rry on
Engineer.
(3) Placing of the concrete shall be accomplished as rapidly as
practicable after
mixing and in no event shall it be
tained its waplaced after it has
con -
ter content for more than 45 minutes. Concrete from mixer to forms shall be con�:eyed
as rapidly as practicable by
segregationmethods which will pre•Ient
or loss of ingredients.
It shall be deposited Practicable in its final position.
as nearly as
Chutes er slere than 1 on 3
or with a steeper slope of 1 on 2 will ,not
be permitted. There _ shall be no
free vertical drop greater feet
g- r than 3
feet except where tremies are used. Chutes
shall be either metal or metal lined.
(4) Unless otherwise authorized, all concrete shall -
clean `e place, on
damp surfaces free from
running water and never upon sofc - V
Porous earth or upon fills that hale
now e o ved cm-
that e been subjected to a�
so ha ultimate settlement has occ,._red. J d _ _ roc ed cc^_action
(5) All concrete shall be deoosi`ed
layers not to exceed 2�? - � in ap_ ro:cimately horicca�al
inches in thickness and the
r.; concreting shill be
ca___ed on as a continuous
operation'; as far as practicable, until the pl=cir.
in the course, section, panel -
or monolith is ccmoleted. g
III-7
(6) Except for slabs on earth surfaces, concrete shall
be placed with the aid of mechanical vibrating equipment. Vibration
shall be transmitted directly to the concrete, and in no case shall
it be transmitted through the forms. The frequency of vibration
shall be not less than 4500 per minute. The intensity of vibration
shall be sufficient to cause flow or settlement of the concrete+
into place. The vibration shall be supplemented by forking or spading
by hand adjacent to the forms on exposed faces in order to secure
smooth, dense, even surfaces. The concrete shall be compacted and
worked in an approved manner into all corners and angles of the
forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Light hammer
tapping will be allowed at lift lines to prevent air bubbles.
(7) In dropping concrete through reinforcement, care
shall be taken that no segregation of the coarse aggregate occurs.
On flat surfaces where the congestion of steel near the forms make
placing difficult, a mortar of the same cement -sand ratio as is
used on the concrete shall be firs deposited to cover the fo`--:s.
(8) All top surfaces not covered by forms and which are
not to be covered by additional concrete or backfill shall be carried
slightly above grade and struck off by board finish, except that
top surfaces of walls not covered by forms and which are not to
be covered by additional concrete or backfill when poured in excess
Of 10 feet in height in one pour shall be carried not less than 2
inches above the specified finished elevation and struck off by
board finish.
(9) The Contractor shall so plan his concrete work in
such a manner that once started it can be carried on as a continuous
o:eration until a sec,.ion, panel or unit is completed. Construction
joints other than the ones sho:vz on the .drawings must be approved
by the Engineer prior to pouring concrete.
C. Construction Joints
Vertical joints shall be formed with tongue -and -groove
bonds or keys at such locations and of such shapes and dimensions
as indicated or directed. All concrete in vertical members shall
have been in place not less than 12 hours and longer, if so directed
by the Engineer, befcre concrete in horizon -al_
is pl ��a -members resting thereon
aced. Before placing is resumed, all __.c=_ssive water and laitance
shall be removed and the concrete shall be away, whe
to insure a strong dense concrete at the re necessary,
Joint. In order to secure
adequate bond, the surface shall be cleaned and roughened and shall
be spread with a 1/2 inch layer of mortar of
ratio as is used in the concretes i- the sane cement -sand
is placed.
=,ed_ately before the new ccncrete
•
d. Cold :•7e.ither
Concrete shall not be placed :,Then the surr
..
below 35°» _oud_ng air to^..erature is
nor when the concrete is likely t
peratures before �'- Y o be subjected to -reefing tem-
�inal set has occurred, unless specifically authorized by
the Engineer, in writing. When �
so authorized, the materials shall be hew-ed
in order that the temperature of the concrete, when deposited shall be not
less than. 50*F nor sore than l0O
admitted �� r• Salt and other chemicals shall nc- be
into the mixture to prevent freezing. All methods and ecsi_ment for
heating shall be subject to approval before use.
e. Hot Weather
For concrete placed during the extremely warm summer months and
otherwise, the aggregates shall be cooled by frequent spraying in such-,Znner
as to utilize the cooling effect of evaporation. During such periods, the
Placement schedule shall be arranged in such a manner as to provide ti::e for
the temperature of the previously placed course to begin to recede. The
mixing water shall be the coolest available at th
ticable. e site insofar as is prac-
15. FINISH OF CO'1C?�TE OT ^R TH?-'; "L^ v Q2JD SL?BS
Slight honeycomb and minor defects shall be patc::ed with cement mortar
of one
p �o parts fine aggregate. Exposed surfaces
given the following finish: ` shall be
a. Rough Finish
Concrete for which no other finish is indicated or specified shall
have fins and rough edges removed.
b. Smooth Finish
Smooth finish shall be given to all normally visible concrete -
surfaces including those to be painted and shall be obtained by use of ply
wood forms or form linings. Sheets shall be as large as practicable, wit.,
smooth even edges and shall be installed with close joints. Joint marks
shall be smoothed off and blemishes removed, leaving finished surfaces smooth
and unmarred, subject to approval by the Engineer.
16. CC`:CRS FLOOR
Concrete slabs shall be finished as hereinafter described. The dusting
Of wearing surfaces with dry, materials will
for finishing, floor slabs shall be struck not be permitted. In preparation
or below the elevation or s ao F of. true to the recuired level a-
g-11-- o: the finished floors, as sho:.�n, on the
drawings. Floors shall be level with a tolerance of 1/3 inch in 10 feet,
except where drains occur, in which case the floors shall be pitched to the
drains as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
16
a. Rough Slab Finish
Unexposed slabs under earth shall be finished by tamping the
concrete with special tools to force the aggregate away from the surface,
then screeding with straight edges and floating to proceed a reasonable
true and uniform surface.
b. Wood Float Finish
Steps, tops of canopies, wet well slabs, and exterior
platforms and ramps shall be finished by ta.^mping with special tools
to force aggregate away from the surface, then screeding with straight
edges to bring surface to required line as shown on drawings. While
the concrete is still green, but hardened sufficiently to bear the
cement finisher's weight, the surface shall be floated with a wood
float to a true and uniform plane with no coarse aggregate visible.
C. Monolithic Finish is
Exposed interior concrete floor surfaces shall be finished
by tamping the concrete with special tools to force the coarse aggregate
away from the surface, then screeding and floating with straight
edges to bring the surface to the required finish level shown on
the drawings. While the concrete is still green, but sufficiently
hardened to bear a man's weight without deep imprint, it shall be
wood floated to a true even plane with no coarse aggregate visible.
Sufz;cient pressure shall be used on the wood floats to bring moisture
to the surface. The concrete shall then be hand steel trowelled
to produce a smooth impervious surface free from trowel marks. An
additional steel trowelling shall be given the surface for the purpose
of burnishing. The final trowelling shall produce a ringing sound
from the trowell.
d. Power Machine Finishing-
-In lieu of hand finishing, the Contractor may use
machine a _ a power
approved by the Engineer for finishing concrete floors in
accordance with the directions of the machine manufacturer. The
Preparation of concrete surfaces for finishing by machine shall,
in general, be as hereinbefore rec,,:ired for hand finishing.
17. CURT�;G
a. War-i Weather
All concrete shall be adequately protected from injurious
action by the sun, heavy rains, flowing water, and mechanical injury.
All concrete shall be kept wet for a period of not less than 14
consecutive days by covering, g, or by a system of perforated pipes,
mechanical sprinklers, or any other approved method which will 'keep
all are leftains laceinuously (i;ot periodically) wet. Where wood forms
P for curir:g, they shall be kept wet at all tires
C to -prevent opening at the joints and dry, ng out of the concrete. Water
'for curing shall be generally cr
lean and entirely free frcm `fie eleWatete • which nic:.t nts
cause staining or discoloraticn�of the concrete.
b. Cold 'leather
Concrete, when placed during cold weather, shall be ke-pt moist and
provided with adequate protection so that the surfaces of the concrete will
be maintained at temperatures above 500F., for at least the First 7 days
of the curing period.
18. FORS
a. Materials
Forms shall be of wood, steel or other approved material. The
sheeting for surface not normally visible shall be of acceptable lunber of
Uniform width not greater than 6 inches. The type, size, shape, quality and
C strength of all materials of which the forms are made shall be subject to
approval before use.
• (1) Wood Forms _
Unexposed concrete surfaces: No. 2 ccT=On or better lumber.
Exposed concrete surfaces receiving smooth finish: dressed and matched
boards of uniform thic:ness and width not exceeding 10 inches: pl•71cc or
With linings as specified below. - `
(2) P1•rgocd
CO-mercial-Standard-Douglas Fir, moisture resistant, concrete
forts plywood not less than 5 ply and at least 9/16 inc: thick.
(3 ) Foram Lin inc
CPlrvood: Commercial -Standard -Douglas Fir, concrete fom
• exterior, 3 ply and not less than 1/4 inch thick.
Fibre Board: A treated hard pressed fibre board having a
low degree Of water absorptivity, not less than 3 to --•-
sr,:coth side.
/ inch t.`:' , �, with one
Absorptive type lining: Material having
e��iciert su_'fi an a.sorpticn co_
cient ..o eliminate voids and pitting and to precuce a dense
and unifrc:m ccncrete surface, not liable to discolor nor inter=are with the
normal chemical reaction Of the cement, easily cut for fitting, and rea
removable at end of curing pericd. dily
b- Ccnstruction --
Forms shall be built true to line and grade, and shall be mor`ar_
tight and su_':icientl; rice -
d to prevent displacement or sagging between
• ZII-11
supports. Resporsibility for their adequacy shall rest with the
Contractor. Their surfaces shall be smooth and free from irregulari-
ties, dents, sags, or holes when used for per:.ianently exposed faces.
Bolts and rods used for internal ties shall be so arranged that when
the forms are removed, all metal will be not less than 2 inches from
any concrete surface. Wire ties will not be permitted where the con-
crete surface will be exposed to weathering, and discoloration will be
objectionable. All forms shall be so constructed that they can be
removed without hammering or prying against the concrete. Unless
otherwise indicated, suitable moldings shall be placed to bevel or
round exposed edges, expansion joints, and/or any other points that
may be required.
C. Coating
Forms for exposed surfaces shall be coated with a non-
staining mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the rein-
forcement is placed. Forms for any unexposed surfaces will be oiled
before reinforcement is placed with any suitable form oil sufficient
to facilitate their prompt and speedy removal.
d. Removal
Forms shall not be removed before the expiration of the
minimum nu.::`er of days indicated below, except when specifically
authorized. When conditions of the wort{ are such as to justify
it, forms may be required to remain in place for longer periods.
Beams
and
Slabs
la
days
Piers
and
Columns
7
days
Walls
and
Vertical Faces
5
days
iQ . REM:FCRC_E:-'_--tT
is
a. Materials
�.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all reinforcement,
including bars, fabric
and structural shapes, as indicated onthe
plans or otherwise
required. All reinforcement shall be, when
surrounding
concrete is placed, entirely free from rust, scale,
grease or other
coating which might destroy or reduce its bcnd with
concrete.
dra:vings , Shop
lists, and bending details shall h=
- rurniszed b� t'^�
when recui_e i .._ Contractor,
d. Bars for concrete
corc_�,.e reinforcer..;�nt snail cor.for-i to
the requirements "Standard
_
of the
a`=^
Specific �_„ns for Billet Seel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,"
ASTM Designation A 15 "
Specifications for Rai Standard
1
Steel Bars for Concrete Reinfcrcement,"
AST_4 Designation A 16, "Standard
or S ecifi p cat'ons for axle Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,"
AST?1 Designation A 160. De:.or:;stions
on defog-r;ed bars shall .=
con_O-"M to Standard Specifications for Minimum
Requirements for the Deformations
of Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", AS'::I •
Designation A
305. Wire mesh reinforcement
shall conform to AST:I Designation A 185.
III-12
b. mi-Imum Scaci^.a of 3ars
The clear distance between parallel bars shall not be less than
the nominal diameter of the bar, and unless specifically authorized, shall
in no case be less than 1 inch, nor less than one and one third times the
maximum size of coarse aggregate.
C. Protective Coverinas
(1) All main reinforcement shall be placed not less than
2 inches from any concrete surface, unless othe noise specifically author zed
or indicated on the plans.
(2) The covering of stirrups, spacer -rods, and similar second-
ary reinforcement may be reduced by the diameter of such rods. The above
dimensions shall be measured from the face of the reinforcement to the
face of the forms.
6 d. • Solecinc
•
Where splices in reinforcement in addition to those indicated are
necessary, there shall be sufficient lap to transfer the stress of bond, as
may be directed. Bars shall be lapped not less than 30 bar diameters and
splices shall be staggered. The lapped ends of bars shall be separated
sufficiently or connecped prcperly to • i h c
Adjacent sheet of mesh reinforcement develop the full strength of the bar.
n� shall be spliced by lapping not less
than 6 inches, the lappedendsbeing securely wired together.
e. Suc-orts
All reinforcement shall be secured in place true to lines a--4 grades indicated by the use of high density, polyethylene supports or
spacers and metal ties. Such supports shall be sufficient in string";
to maintain the reinforcement in place throughout the concreting cperat;zn
and shall be used in such a manner that no metal will be exposed on the
face nor in any way discolor, no_ r be noticeable in the surfaces of the
finished concrete. The cost of furnishing and placing all su r_orts,
spacers, ties an-d/or other devices required, shall be included in t-e
Contract prices for reinforce; - .
all intersections. g• Bar reir.�orcement shall be tied at sect ons. Bar supports shall be similar to the Rustless indevecual
and cor.tinucus Slab bolsters as manufactured by Builders Plastic Prcduczs
Inc., New York, .or approved equal. ,
2o. ITS'dS
Before placing concrate,'care shall be take ke
e"'=ed�ad metal or wood parts are � _n to determine t at all
firm-y and securely fastened in place as
indicated. They shall- be thorough!" scale rough_" clean and free from coating., rust,
Oil or other foreign �- ��
matter. The ernhoddi:g of wood in concrete
shall be avoided whenever possible, metal being used instead. If wood is
allc%qed, it shall be t'noroughly wetted before the concrete is pla_ed.
II7-13
21. EXPA:"ISICNL AND COiITRACTT_ON JOINTS
Expansion and contraction joints shall be constructed at such
Points and of such di"'ensions as may be indicated on the drawings,
or as may be approved by the Engineer and as recuired by good con-
struction practices. The method and materials shall conform to ASTM
Designations wherever applicable. Unless otherwise indicated on
the drawings, expansion joints shall be made by the use of approved
asphaltic, smooth surfaced, ready roofing and premoulded sponge
rubber or compressed cork filter 3/8 inch thick. For concrete poured
when the atmospheric temperature is above 50 degrees F., the joint
shall be made with light -weight roofing weighing 35 lbs. per sq.,
and when the temperature is below 50 degrees F., the joint shall
be made with heavy weight roofing, weighing 65 lbs. per sq. except
that in either case the 3/8 inch rubber or cork filler shall be
used for the 2 feet adjacent to top surfaces and 1 foot adjacent
to vertical surfaces. In no case shall corner protection angles
or other fixed metal embedded in the surface of the concrete and
bonded be continuous through an expansion joint. Is
22 . WATERTIGHTNESS
ESS
In all expansion, contraction and construction joints that
are subject to water pressures or where indicated on the plans,
g
the Contractor shall provide a watertight joint
be -used in joints shall be similar and equal to.
"Durajoint"pvCo
Waterstoo as manufactured by Construction plastics, Inc. The PVC
must be virgin PVC with no rec la�ied material and shall conform
to Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C 572-60A. Water seals
shall be continuous through the joint.
On-
P-j
s
0
Is
SECTICN IV
PIPIiTG, FITTINGS, SPEcI.US, VALVES & H`'DR-Z.NTS
Paracraoh No.
1
Scope
2
Materials
3
4
Pipe Joints and Joint Materials
S
Pipe Fittings and Specials
Fire Hydrants
6
Valves
7
Flexible Couplings
8
Handling and Storage
9
Inspection and Test'
st Reports
Valve Boxes
11
Floor Stands
12
Wall Sleeves
13
Water Meters
14
Pressure Reducing Valve
Pace No
1
4
6
8
9
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
1?
DETAILED SPECIFIC, IONS
' SECT_Iyi`1 IV
PIPT__1G, FITTI?;GS , SPE721 LS , V L ES AND HYDRA ITTS
1. SCOPE
The work covered under this section of the specifications consists of
furnishing all plant labor, equipment, appliances and materials and
performing all operations in connection with the fabrication, delivery to
the job site, and installation of all sewer and water lines, force mains,
valves, valve boxes, hydrants and all casting and appurtenances, complete
and ready for installation in accordance with these specifications and
as shown on the drawings. References to ASTM, AWWA Federal or other
standards pertain to the latest issue or amendments.
2. MATERIALS
a. Cast Iron Pine
`
1. For Underground
Service, 3-inch and Larger: Cast ' ron 3
inches nominal diameter
and larger, for underground installation',1shallioe
conform to the
requirements of ASA A21.6 or A21.8 for centrifugally cast
pipe, weights and thickness
computed for pipe laid without blocks and flat -
bottom trench, tamped backfill under 3.5'feet
of cover using 21/45 metal.
The pipe shall have a cold water working
pressure as indicated on the
drawings. For water distribution lines, the
/
pipe shall be half -thickness
cement mortar lined and bituminous
seal coated outside in accordance with
ASA A21.4 except for the thickness of the
cement mortar lining. The
outside coating for pipe for use in
water distribution lines and the
inside and outside coating for
pipe to be used for sewage force mains
shall be manufacturer's standard coal -tar varnish.
2. For Above Ground Service, 3-inch and Larger: Cast iron pipe,
3 inches nominal diameter and larger, for
above ground installation and
for installation inside structures, shall
conform to all the requirements
Of (1) above, and the outside coating shall be a red lead iron -oxide
linseed
Oil primer paint conforming to the
requirements of SSPC 3-55T of the Steel
Structures Painting Council.
3. Smaller than 3-inch: Cast iron pipe smaller than 3 inches
nominal diameter (2 inch and 2-1/4 inch pipe) shall be to manufacturer's
standard specification which shall be essentially the same as the spec-
ification under which the larger pipe is produced. Coatings inside and
amide shall be the manufacturer's standard coal -tar varnish. The
Contractor shall submit manufacturer's specifications for this pipe to
the Engineer for approval prior to purchase of the pine.
0 IV-1
b. Ductile Iron Pine 0
1. Class 250 or 150 - Ductile Iron Pipe shall conforn to require-
ments of ANSI A21.50 and Awr1A C150. Pipe shall be designed for rating shown
on plans plus surge allowance of 100 psi and the thickness class of 50 as
required by the laying conditions and depth of cover. Pipe shall have push -
on or mechanical joint ends conforming to ANSI A21.11, except when flanged
or other type ends are shown or required. Pipe and fittings shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction.
C. Plastic Pipe
1. Class 250 Pe=,astran Pipe shall meet AV74A C950-81 standard and shal
have a pressure rating of 350 psi at.73°F with a 2:1 safety factor. P;^e shall
have a pipe stiffness (F/,a Y) at 5% deflection of 40 psi minimtZi. Standard
laying lengths shall be 20' plus or minus 1". Pipe and fittings must be
assespled per the manufacturers recor.mendation. 40
2. Class 150 Plastic Pipe for water shall confo=n to AST.'! D2241 and
A*.•.?•7A C900 for polyvinyl chloride pipe. Pipe and fittings must be asse:;umled per
the manufacturers recommendations. - c
3. PVC gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall meet or exceed
Standard D3034-SDR35. Sewer force main piping to be equal to Item 2, above.
Outfall line to be Class 100 piping equal to Item 2 above.
d. Asbestos -Cement Pine
1. Asbestos -cement pipe for sewer tires shall confora to Federal
Specification SS-P-331C, Class 3300 and shall be tested in accordance wit,
ASTM C428 and ASTM C500. Each piece of pipe shall bear the ranufacturer's
designation and the nominal size and class of pipe. All pi^e shall be of
domestic origin, manufactured and tested in the United States.
2. Asbestos -cement pressure pipe shall conform
to the require-
ments of Federal Specification SS-P-351a, Class 150. Pipe shall be desic:zd
to withstand a working pressure of not less than 150 pounds per square inch.
Each niece of pine shall bear the manufacturer's designation and the nominal
size and class of pipe. The manufacturer shall submit a certification that
the produce meets the requirements of the o
governing specification. As-e -
United States.
cement pipe shall be of demestic sanufact;� �, manufactured and tested i-�st�z
e. Concrete Pipe
1• Reinforced concrete pipe for gravity systems shall
be tongue and groove type conforming to the requirements of AST:•1
Specification C76, latest on revision, a
shown --Class and wall designation as
the dra:•�irgs. Any "alternate and special design" allowed
under paragraph 10 of AST:I C76 which is required for this project
IV-2
(Revised June 1983)
0
OV
will be set fOrth in detail
I on the dra:Jines. Unless ot:
the Special PrOVr:Jise required urger
lslons, the basis for acceptance for the pipe shall
accordance with paragraph 3a (2) of=,S^:.? C76, that is, acceptance on the basis
- be in
Of material tests ect
a*�d ins__,._ en of the ccmpleted product. Reinforced con-
crete pipe for sanitary sewer use shall meet the requirements of paragraph
21 (b) of AST:d C76 a ccezti, ��_
Percent with no e 'g that the average absorption shall not exceed 8
single test variation in e:;cess
forced concrete of 5 percent allowed. Re;n-
pine for other uses shall meet the absorption required by
paragraph 21(b).
2. Reinforced concrete pressure pine where required by the
drawings shall be concrete core, longitudinally and circ,_mmferentially
prestressed by high tensil wire, and protected by a dense coating of pre-
mixed mortar or concrete. Each pipe shall be provided with a self -centering,
Polyvinyl chloride coated steel joint ring for use with pre -formed round
ru!ber gaskets, to provide a watertight joint under all conditions of
service. Concrete used in manufacture of pipe shall conform to AS1"M Desicna-
tion C150. Concrete cores shall be wet steam cured, have a compressive
strength of 3000 psi at time of stripping and prior to wrapping. Steel
reinforcing shall be hard-dra:•m steel spring wire, minimum diameter of No. 6
AWG, Class I or II and shall meet ASTM Designation A227. After wrapping
With high tensile wire, pine shall be coatedt r-
coating of 1-1/2" thickness. Aft with a cement mortar or concrete
After coati operation, pipe shall be suit-
ably protected and cured. Pipe shall conform to AWWA S_cecificafion C-301
or C-300, of the size and design pressures indicated on the drawings.
f. Steel Pipe
1. Steel pine shall be ASA Schedule 40 and shall con=or^i to the
requirements of Federal S ecif= *
F scat -on 74-P-406, Tyke 1, Specification A 120. Where galvanized steel pine is Class A, or ASTMspecified, galvanizing
shall conform to ASTM Specification 153-61. Threads shall be suitably
tected against damage. Steel pipro-
_for pipe railings shall conform to the
latest revision of AST.M Designation A-120-57T and shall be galvanized.
• 2. Cement -Mortar Lined Steel Pipe: Cement -mortar lined steel
Pine shall be Class 200 and conform to the following AWWA Standards:
AZvT'7A Standard C-202, Steel water Pipe
A:v-.IA Standard C-_05, Interior
AWWA Standard C-203 e*nent Mortar Lining
Coal Tar Enamel with Asbestos Felt wrap.
Exterior Coating -
A;z%7A Standard C-202, Pell and Spigot Joint with 0-Ring Gasket
AtvZ';A Standard C-20i, Rubber Gasket ,mterial
A4IWA Standard C-208, Fitting Dimensions for water Service
PJping
3. Corrugated metal ni=e shall be for use in drainage structures
and shall con`c� to State and Count'? Nig'r.:•;av Specification AAS 0 :d-36 for
galvanized type and AAsF0 ,.1-190 for coated type. ,
lcngitudinal and peripheral joints or Pine may have riveted
folded, pipe shall be of the o machine made helical seams locked and
s- and shape indicated on the drawings.
IV-3
c. Pine (other)
Pipe of other materials than thos= specified above shall
specifi
be specified in their appropriate item and section.
3. PIPE JOI ITS AND JOI:iT '•LL'I'` I S
a. Cast Iron Pine Joints
1. Cast iron pipe joints shall consist of three major
types: flanged, mechanical joint, and roll-on or single seal. Unless
othe raise noted, underground piping shall have mechanical joints
or roll-on joints, above ground piping shall have flanged joints,
and pipe smaller than 3" shall have manufacturers standard joints.
2. Flanged pine joints shall be faced and drilled to
conform to American Standard Specifications for Class 125 flanges.
The best quality rubber gaskets or rubber with woven copper wire
mesh shall be used throughout. All gaskets shall be manufactured
for the specific size flange and no handmade gaskets will be permitted.
Bolts and nuts for flanged fittings shall be of the
best commercial grade iron with hexagonal heads and nuts, with bolts
of such length that after the joints are made up they will project
not more than 1/2 inch nor less than 1/8 inch beyond the outer face
Of the nut. Bolt threads shall be of United States standard sizes.
3. Mechanical joints shall be of the stu=f4ng box type,
adapted for use of a gasket, cast iron gland and bolts. The mechanical
joists shall ccnfor:,' to American Standard Specification A 21.11.
They shall be similar or ecual to the "Double X" mechanical joint
as manufactured -by the American Cast Iron Pine
Company. Bolts,
nuts and gaskets shall conf
joints. orm to the same specifications as the
4. The roll-on joint shall be manufactured in accordance
with American Standard
Specification A 21.6 and A 21.8. The joint
consists of a bell and
spigot which is sealed with a round rubber
gasket rolled into place when the
pipe sections are fitted together.
r i, The round rubber gasket shall be of the type used
for sealing the bell and
spigot ty_ e joint. m' e � �*
a continuous O-_ .. -- gasket shall be
ring type of such
size and cr-:s section so as to
ccmpletely fill the recess provided for
it. The gasket shall be
the sole element depended upon to
e ma'.
gasket steal - the � joint :aaterti g t. The
g .
1 have smooth
surfaces, free
and other from pits, blisters, porosit
imperfections. The rubber
compound shall contain not
less than 50'; by volume of first
grade natural or synthetic rubber and shall meet the physical re
uire:-Lents when tested in accordance
with Federal Specification ZZ-R-601a(1).
Tensile strength shall
be at least 2300 psi=on . ElongatiL
at rLp�ure shall be such that
two inch gauge marks will srretch at least
ten inches. Hardness
IV-4
shall be between 45 and 55 as measured with a Shore Duro;ete-. Permanent set
shall not excead 20. gth
or original gauge ten - .
b. Vitrified Clay Pine joints
1. Vitrified clay pipe joints shall be of the
type conforming
to the requirements as descried hereinafter. `
2. The Engineer reserves the right to require proof, either in
the form of suitable doc-umentary evidence or actual field tests, that the
procosed joint will satisfactorily withstand, without leaking, an internal
hydrostatic pressure of not less than 10 psi.
3. Vitrified clay pipe joints having resilient properties shall
be manufactured using a compound of plasticized polvvinyl chloride resin
fusion cured by heat to the pipe. The designed joint material for the socket
and spigot shall be factory applied
It shall be manufactured in accordance
with the recuirements of AS•_':•1 Spec_:ication C425-60T, Tyne I or Type III.
C. Plastic Dine Joints '
All 2" and larger plastic pipe shall have rubber 0-ring, 1-1/2"
and smaller shall have cold flared, stainless' steel banded or solvent welded
joints, as recommended by the Engineer. 0-ring gaskets shall conro0AST4 2241-64aT.
d. Asbestos -Cement joints Pines _ `.
Joints for piping shall consist of coupling with rubber O-ring as
furnished by the pipe manufacturer. Inner surface of eat' inn
shall be machined with gasket retaining Inner
n cou:_'_.g sleeve
moves, so that when joint is
assembled the gasket shall be compressed to form a tight seal. Rubber ring
gaskets shall be as designated by the manufacturer for the use intended.
• e. Concrete Pine Joints
Joints shall be provided with tongue and groove ends, sealed by a
round rubber gasket so the joint will remain tight under all conditions of
service, including movement due to expansion, contraction and normal settle-
ment. Each joint shall contain a gr
oove near the end of the spigot n�ain
to cc
the gasket. The gasket sealing the joint shall be made of ru�ber, synth etic
rscoer or a blend of both. It shall be a continuous ring of circular cress
-
section and of such size and texture to assure a watertight and permanent
seal.
f. Steel Pice
joint -
Cement mortar lined steel pipe joints shall
1 be bell and spigot
type with rubber O-ring gaskets.
to connect to fittings or s^ecialstrrthe,r„echanical or flanged joints are used
r y shall conform to ASA 21.11.
• 2. Steel pipe 2 1/2" and smaller in schedule 40 st. shall have
threaded joints made with a thrcaced malleable iron, coupling. Vne pipe shall
IV-5
6- 3- 76
be threaded on both ends and furnished with one coupling. Threading
shall be American Standard Pipe threads. Scree•, join
be graphite and oil. t compound shall
3. Corrugated -petal Dice joints shall be exterior collars
or bands with the same corrugations as the pipe. Pipe shall be
Placed
meshed erd to end with the band centered over the joints with corrugations
g. The bands shall be drawn tightly around the pipe by means
of heavy bolts. Bands and bolts shall be galvanized or asphalt
coated to be compatible with pipe as scheduled.
4. - Welded joints for steel pipe shall be butt -weld.
Welds shall be made in not less than two passes with weld passes
not in a common pool. Welds shall be in accordance with American
Welding Society's Standards covering weld, tensile and bend tests
for various pipe gages.
4 • PIPS FI:TIT JGS AND SPL'CIALS
a. Cast Iron 0
1. Cast iron pipe fittings for nominal diameters 3 through
12 inches shall be short body, having mechanical joints conforming
to ASA Al2.11. Fittings having normal sizes larger than 12 inches
shall be manufacturer's standard, having laying dimensions the sage
as American Standard Association Class 125 standard flange fittings
and shall have mechanical joints ccnfcrming to ASA A21.11. Pressure
ratings for pipe fittings larger than 12 inches shall be as called
for on the drawings. Where fittings shown on the drawings are specifically
noted to be A6v,i;k fittings, these fittings i
�ngs shall conrorm to American
Water Works Association standard specification C 100-55, Cast Iron
Pressure Fitting's having bell -and -spigot joints. All fittings for
water distribution service shall be half -thickness cement mortar
lines and bituminous seal coated conforming to ASA A21.4 except
for mortar thickness. Outside surfaces of all fittings and lining
for fittings to be used for sewage force main service shall be coal -
tar varnish, manufacturer's standard.
2. For Above Ground Piping: Pipe fittings for use in
conjunction with flanged piping, unless otherwise specifically called
for on the drawings, shall be as specified in (1) above except that
the joints shall.be flanged to conform to AS-+ 316.1, Class 125.
3. Smaller than 3 Inch: Fittings shall be manufa rer'
standard mechanical joint 4zi .t c u_. _ s
j itt_ncs with coatings and linings the
same as for the pipe with which trey are to be used.
4. Cast iron fittings and specials used in conjunction
with asbestos -cement pipe shall have bell ends or mechanical joints.
•
E!
•
U
b. Cement Mortar Lined
1. Service taps in cement -mortar lined steel Dice shall be as
recommended by the nice manufacturer and may be fillet :aelded to the vice,
specially designed threaded service fittings, or mechanical saddle -clam_
type for taps 2 inches or larger. Mec':anical joints for fittings and specials
shall conform to ASA Standard A21.11 and be of the stuffing box type.
2. Fittincs and specials for cement -mortar lined steel pipe shall
be of the same manufacturer of the pipe, of fabricated steel type, conforming
to A:7KA Standard C 208.
C. Malleable Iron
Malleable iron fittings and specials shall be suitable fcr the
service recuired. They shall be galvanized and conform to the provisions
of AST.M Designation A 338-61, suitable for a working pressure of 150 psi.
Galvanized malleable iron fittings and specials shall be used with galvanized
steel pipe and galvanized wrought iron pipe.
d. Vitrified Clav
Vitrified clay fittings and specials shall be of the sane manufacture
as the pine selected, have the same type of joints as does the Dice, and
conform to AST:-! C200-64T.
e. Welded
Welded fittings and specials for use with steel pipe shall be
compatible to the pipe selected and shall also be cathcdically grounded
thereto. Field welding shall be held to a minimum and as much of the welding
as possible shall be done in a qualified shoo and as recommended by the
manufacturer.
f. Truss Pice Fittincs
Fittings for Truss Pice shall be of the chemically welded or 0-
ring type and shall be entirely compatible in joining the pipe with which they
Will be used. The spur angle on all wyes shall be 45 degrees to the lon-
gitudinal axis of the main body of the fitting. All house service wyes shall
be 0-ring joint on the service entrance side.
g. Plastic Pi^e Fittincs
All plastic Fittincs fcr 2" and larger shall be of the same t.T_ce
and manufacturer as the plastic nice and for 1 1/2" and smaller may be
Plastic, steel or bronco, unless Other•lise reccr=and_d by the manufacturer.
h. Pice Han -.ors and Succorts
Concrete pica or~
succand/or
where indicated '� `� an,./ pine hangers shall be constructed
and •;her,2 necessary to su; : ort the piping
.
IV-7
Ha.iger inserts for concrete construction shall be set in Place
before concrete is poured. Inserts shall be cast or fabricated iron
or steel to receive a machine bolt head or nut. Inserts shall permit
adjustment of the bolt in a horizontal direction and shall, when
installed in properly cured concrete, develop full strength of the
bolt.
Piping within buildings shall be adequately supported
from floors, walls, ceilings or beams. Supports from the floor
shall be by approved saddle stands or suitable concrete or brick
piers as indicated or approved. Pipe saddles shall be shaped to
fit the pipe with which they will be used and shall be capable of
screw adjustment. Brick and concrete piers shall conform accurately
to the bottom one-third to one-half of the pipe. Pining along walls
shall be supported by approved wall brackets with attached pipe
rolls or saddles or by wall brackets with adjustable hanger rods.
For piping supported from the ceiling, approved rod hangers of a
type capable of screw adjustment after erection of the Wiping and
with suitable adjustable concrete inserts or beam cla.-;_ps shall be
used. If required, piping supports shall -he placed so as to provide
a uniform slope in the pipe without sagging. Supports shall be located
wherever necessary, and in no case shall they exceed 8 feet on centers.
i. Pipe Harness
Pipe harness shall be factory -made forced steel socket
clamps and wrought iron tie rods. The tie rods shall be 3/4 inch
diameter excepting where they replace flange bolts, in which case
they shall be the same size as the flange bolts replaced and shall
be fitted with a nut on each side of the pair of flanges. Pipe
harness components shall be thoroughly and heavily coated with coal -
tar paint, Inertoi, Standard Trick, or an ancroved ec_ual, applied
in accordance with the recommendations of the F
Paint manufacturer.
5. FIRE HYDRANTS W
All fire hydrants shall be compression type constructed with 6-irc: Pine connection with 4-1/2 inch valve opening and length for 3 `6" bury.
Hydrant shall be provided with two 2-1/2 inch and one 4-1/2 inch steamer
connections, hydrants shall be designed for 150 pou.d wor'cing pressure anA
shall conform to ALAI -,A Sceci_'icatior. C 503-73. Hydrants shall have b-o-^-.._
seat ring and bronze slice bushings. Design, and workmans hi^
be s4milar to Mueller A-423 n = -1
Ce tur-on, Ameri.._n Darl; Darling Mark 73 or Kennedy
K-11. Hydrants shall be painted one coat of red lead paint and t:vo f=-:s
coats of an approved pain:. of the color as selected by the OW-ler. Al, - .
threads shall be national hose
standard. The operating nut shall be pent
in shape and shall open right. "
IV-3
9 6. VALVES
0-
•
a. Gate Valves
1. General
Gate Valves, 3 inc es and larger, shall be ca,"t iron
bronze mounted, doubly disc, opening counterclockwise, Valves snallerythan
3 inches in diameter shall be all bronze re
service required. Thee o screwed gate valves, suitable for
ad_d and flanged valves, as well as hub end valves,
shall conform to AL•7Ne? Specification C 500-61. Valves shall be of non -rising
stem type. Hub end valves shall be provided with a short length of
ir
easy disassembly. pipe for
2. Distr_bLtion Svstem Valves
Gate valves for use with cast iron pipe below grade shall have
mechanical icing ends and bronze spreader and stem and shall be similar or
equal to Model 571Y as manufactured by the Kennedy Valve Manufacturing
Company, Incor`orated, Elmira, NY. At least three valve wrenc es shall -
be provided for the valves in the distribution system. Where horizontal
installation of the valve is required, it shall be equipped with an encl
bevel geared operator. osed
b. Check Valves
Check valves shall be of the iron body, bronze mounted, full open-
ing tr;e with outside levers and weights, similar or equal to those ma_.;.-
tuned by the M. & H. Valve "'Z°
and Fitting Company of Anniston, Alabama.
C. Glcbe Valves
Glc'--e valves for small piping shall be standard bronze globe valves
with bronze disc, threa4ed, Crane Company No. 7 or equal. Angle globe valves
whallere re Crane Ccm:any No. 17 or equal. Extension stems shall be furnished
where required,
d. Plug Valves
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, valves or lines
transmitting sewage sludgy shill be non-1 ubr4cated eccentric plug valves.
Port area of valves shall be at least
Shall 80s of connecting pipe area. Valve body
be of semi -steal construction with nickel on all surfaces ccntacting
the plug face. All valves shall have
permanently lubricated, stainless steel
bearings in the upper and lower plu
designed so that they b y stem journals. The vales shall be
1 can e repac _d without removing the bonnet and the
pacing shall be adjustable. Valves shall be of the size and typa as folio:•;s:
Valve Size
4" & smaller
5" thru 18"
Type Connection
Flanged
Flanged
IV-9
Type Operator
Wrench
Wrench
Valves shall be similar and equal to Series 100 as manufactured
by DeZurik Corporation. -0
e. Butterfly Valves
�Butterfly valves shall be rubber seated with manual handwheel
operators unless other -wise specified, and shall be designed for a shut-
off pressure of 125 psi. They shall conform to AWWA C504-54 and
shall be manufactured by BIF Industries or equal.
f. Valves (Other)
Valves other than those specified above shall be specified
in their appropriate item section.
7. FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
Flexible couplings shall be Style No. 39, as manufactured by
Dresser Manufacturing Company, or equal.
8. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Pipe, fittings and specials shall be handled in such a manner
as to insure delivery to the site and final installation. in a undamaged condition. Particular care shall be taken not to insured,
+" � P`
the coating and lining and to keep the pipe clean. These items shall
be loaded or unloaded using hoists in a manner so as to avoid shock
or damage, and under no circumstance shall they be drocaed or skidded
or rolled against other pipe. If any part of the coming or lining
is damaged, repair thereof shall
expense and in a -manner Lbe made by the Contractor at his
satisfactory to the Engineer. Damaged pipe
shall be rejected and the Contractor shall immediately place all
damaged pipe from the site within 24 hours.
with this separating and removing of damaged pipe
may
for not con.,_lying
marking damaged pipe with red paint or physically
may be either
P Y lly demolishing it. •
Pipe, fittings and specials shall be stored in a manner which
will assure the protection of the material from damage and keep
it clean. Pipe, if stacked, shall be stacked with 4 x 4 lumber
placed transversely to the pipe barrel bet:aeen each laver. pipe
shall be stacked so that individual pieces wi' + -
pieces are not roll when other
removed from the stack. Pipe, f _'_<zgs and specials
shall be stored on a hard surface palle - -�
so that they ts, t j ers or otherwise
do not rest in contact with the ground. '
9. INSPECTIC`T AND TEST R^?, CRT.S
a. Inspection
All pipe will be inspected upon delivery and such as does
nct conform to the requirements of these spec1i1C3t1C1S shall be
rejected and must be immediately removed from the job site by the
IV-10
Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and provide all labor
equ =m
y to assist the Eent necessary _ and -.
ngineer in _respecting the material.
b. Rejection
Basis for rejection shall be as scecified in the approcriate
American Standard Specifications
or as determined by the Engineer.
C. Tests Reports
Certified records of the manufacturer's tests shall be submitted
with pipe shipments.
In special cases where required by the E ;-
ng_..e--er,
shall be made by a recognized ' tests
independent testing laboratory,
10. VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be provided for all valves which are below finishedgrade grade elevations.
Valve boxes shall consist of cast iron base, center sec-
tion and top section with cover whit:: shall be mar- "Water" �•
as may liedor Sewer"
a� apply. The top section shall be adjustable
for elevation and shall be
set to allow equal movement above and below finished
grade. The base shall
be centered over the valve and shall
rest On cc-mmacted backfill which has
been to reed around the valve box for
a distance of 4 feetall sides of the
box. The too of the base section shall be
approx;;ately on line with nut at
top of valve stem and the entire assembly shall be
p1u.;.b .
11. FLCOR ST;�_IDS
Floor stands that are selected shall be Of the saute manufacturer as the
valves or sluice gates whit: they Operate.
12. W?.LL ST?E';?S
All pipe through concrete or masonry walls, shall be placed in sleeves
except as otherwise noted or directed.
Wall sleeves shall be standard weight
• Class_D, of the sizes required for the particular pipe to be installed.
13. WATER % E'T'ERS
Water meters shall be of the cc;_cOurd type, utilizing a
Combination Of current tvz:e and dlsc. Or piston tyPe meters with a 5:�' nvalve
to diver-- small flo:�s to. -
the disc. or piston tyre meter to register snail
flo:•/s. The external casing s'ra'_1 be all bronze, One puce construction.. The
register shall have straight a
y sealcingto�aliz
in gallons, hermeticaller with indicator dial registering
sealed
in the register lead. Meters shall be
Hersey Sparling mcdel C_ or approved equal.
14. P?—,ssJRE t-D[, IG
1. V;%L, _
The pressure reducing valve shall be
a.ted, diachra.m ty_ e globe valve. Th
_ main.
seat and a resilient disc.
Th_o
stem shall
IV-11
single seated, hydraul i ca 111-o:,er-
val•:e shall have a single re:-o•:able
b� guided at both ends by a bearl"r
in the valve cover and an integral bearing in the valve seat. The
Pilot control shall be direct -acting, adjustable, spring -loaded,
nor�ally open, diap'rr ym valve, designed to pe =it floIs
w when controlled
pressure is less than the spring setting. The valve
ccnstant downstreamess shall provide
shall close tight whendownstreampressure exceedsfluctua
dig hanged and
ds discharge pressure
by no more than 2 psi. Valve shall be completely automatic and
Pressure setting shall be easily changed in the field. Valve shall
be Clayton 91 Pressure Reducing and Check Valve as manufactured
by Cla-Val Co., Newport Beach, California.
0
W.
•
IV-12
C
•
C
•
INDEX
SI,CTION V
WATER 1'�AIN INzm N
'`'T11LLi TIC..
Paragraph No.
1 Scope
2 Earthworn
3 Materials
4 Installation
S joints
G Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and hydrants
7 Connection to E;;ist-;-.ng Main
S Highway Crossings
9 Field Testing of system.
10 Service Connections
11 Separation of ,-ater Lines an-d Sunitary anc:/or
Combined Sewers
FLqe P7o .
1
1
1 -
1
3
3
3
4
4
5
A
r
r
•
9'_Ti;rl V
l ._'AT-177? i ;IITi! 1 i_`_:TTL• LT• Tt0'N
1. IS coy%
The r;orl; cavercd by this .Ol1.:Lo h of tile P,_()ject conr;isLs of furnishing
al.1 labor, C'a-'llj1, ;?llt, and maLte2:ia].a ar?c p(`rf0r,'li l'13 all a-pera t.J ons necesc?a7 y
In CJ1 ^.•?Ct�.Oi] e:lil: therl^eins and aiij`Uli-.e_na.^.^_e.f t0 t}72
Ci!:-?CZ�Sc lilliit.S � l_0,^,atiO/i � and dezaj.is as soon-1 GIl f h-:� r+ dry ;line
and 3Clhje'3ct- to the t:^r?T;'- c�rld CC�IIi?i.i:li�r1S of the rp.^t_a.ct. Fell lilies shall
bGgi.n �lld tE?_'IL111utC' at tI1C3 10C�tia'h SiIOWn on thc9 awirCJ:i.
- d:--
Excavation, trenching and i]:;C'L;li 111.11� for ail :Jc>rJ: :r;O(:i.fiej s1:� tJ
LO the dy)i?11C u1 .. rC C1Ulr`; of Sect1O11 II, I::.Ytl]LlOY''t:r ,r sl]eCi ill rcqui rE ant-s ind Lcatcd On the dra%,i r.,:,,i l]t Ell1S.
3. :`.?:TE P, T ;L3
Pipin.gr valves, hydr�l•-s and e; i is shall f, nip_ 1 conform to the reoui_rer;;nt=s of Section I4 of these specifica;:i.ons to the C-:t:er.t. re; CrC,l;cecc thr --cin.
a. Pir%e and fittings shall bc! strullcf OLIl. along ti:F: z-olite of r,Olhtr 5il�;
-
lion with the bells facing in the <'.irectior. in v;,lich �-he vork is to procee.ci.
P1.pe Shall be placed crlere it will cause least i_ntO..?-ference with traffic.
Pipe shall_ be handled b,Rlechanical equj-p_,acnt. Deforc the pipe is 10' U'ered
into the trench, it shall be swabbed or bruchcd out to insare that no dirt. or
fo,'r_icjn material. gets L11tJ tl'e fin; ai1:Ed line. Trench �; *,;
out. or tl,e T ^ zIt :rs sllall kept
rip.., and the pipe kept closed by cleans of a test: pluci whenever
?:)r': is eat in progress. Th= Contractor shall Provide the means for de -water-
ing the trench and the cost thereof shall be included in the price for in --
Stalling the pipe.
b. Deflections f..ro,a a str::i.,ht lisle or grade made necessary curves or horizontal curves or Oi `S� t s shall not exceed the manufacturer' �•, �~l recom-mandations. If the sp., cified o�- required align;.ient requires deflections
in excess of tho-c e recap -:ended,
the Contr actor shall eitllcr pre vile special
b:nc'_s as aPr^rcved by EI]gineer or a, sufficie:lt number of shorter lengths
of pipe to provide angular deflections within the re ,uircd limit.
C. Pipe shall be laid in a la;vcl trerlcll. Irregularities shall he
s,roothed Out or filled in with sand and tar.!ped as rsr <quircd. Acles shall be
scooted out where the joints occur leaving the entire barrel of the pi.pc
bearing on the Pipe bed. D
aac}:fi-llin�• shall cc-rn fore � to tile: requircm;:nts
sPe:ificd in Section II of
these SpCCafic.ation ..
V-1
d. Wherc watter main, are a . n? sera •;, the 4:a: er mz'ill sha? i
be laid at least .l o feet, !is _ l�
• 'On _� L-a _} , I:rc.Ia any e:-i-ttiac or P•�:cc�ed
drain C1 sewer i .Ile. u1:OA �Ci 1�Ca1 conditici prCVf'nt a i e: cil ��CratiC:1
O1 10 fact, a %•:at :r rlair. -.ay i.:, laid ;-.} lcs r ,an ]C.- i:r_irt to _ s'.-.c•r:-1 or
sanitary sewer, o'Gvi.ded; h;-, t. thy_ nain is laid in a :F :N lr :tC ' t''L':C: , at
such all elevation t}lat .:hi? b: a:t.O.i• of t'":c I.!�3tc, mc:1n 7.5
above the Of tliC st?1 y t ie t 12 in ryes
i:op :et. :•risen it i i*,;-�c��s.tl:le to oiaa i r: hori-
?.Cr:tGi £.Ltl V..L'"i i.t:i:l. sep;t2.atiC_1 as si:lpul.:tECi c) OVe:. 1 otJl tllE 'CcY+m�3in
and s::'.;ex. c01istrllCte_a'cf slip-on or mechanical joint cast iron
P-iper 'a-Sbestos cF'ment pressure pipe, 01 restreSsclC1 conciete cylinder
pip=, aiiia'1' shou.1d -,e: pressure tCsted to assli,:e k�.te2 -' 10_'ht.^_?5: bCfOre
backf-.11 iz,g.
e. Wberever water rgair. must cross house se;;ars, storm drains,
Or sznitary se%:•ers, the water I;•zin shall lxc laid at such an elevation
that the bottom of the �•:atcx 1.1:1 i Il is 18 -� Itches above the ton of
c
the drain or set,:(.-;-. This verti.cal sanar_ati on shall be ma.i.ntaina
for that portion of the water main located within 10 feet horizontally
Of any se,,r7er or drain it cros:ies , said 10 feet to be measured s
the norma 1 distance frO:n the wa er main to the drain or sewer.
f. Whe1e conditions prevent the l:linir um vertical separation
set forth in the preceding pazag_-aph from being maintained, or
it is necessary for the water rnain to pass and r a se'alcer or dr;-_'in,
the se:•:er shall be constructed of reel"lanj.cal joint water pile, pressure:
teste ri in place to 50 psi Without leak -age prio- to backf illincT. In mal-zing
such crcssirig, it is preferable to cen;,— r a lcngth of water maul pipe over
the sewer to be cxossed, so that the joints will be ecuidistaat from the
sewer and as remote therefrom as possible. Where a water main rust cres"s
under a se: -Der a vertical separation of 11" inches between the botto?n of tile
sewer and the top of the water main shall. be maintained, with adequate
support for the larger sized sewer lines to prevent there from settling
on and breaking- the water main.
g. No water pipe shall pass through, or come into contact with
any part of a sewer manhole. Water mains shall be in:.talled so as to
have a mininium earth cover. of 36 inches except ...,here otherwise : hc:•:n
or specifiad. Whcre ordered in writing by the Engineer, pipe s:iall be in-
stalled on a prepared stabi.licod subgrade. Material used for pipe bedding
only, and when so ordered, shall be paid for under the bid item for such
material..
h. Laying of the pipe shall ba conalenced i.Iranediately after the
excavation is started, and every means must be used to keep pine
laying closely behind the trenching. The Engineer may stop the
trenching w}I^n, in his opinion, the trench is open too far in advance
of the pipe laying operation. Pipe may be laid in the best manner
•
V•-2
�;: (, dd%1'),.^:: t(i 1_li!1!J C11CCd and Cjpp;j rL';t11iS. 1t :,}lal] , }tOL•..'V=-!", L`C In
c7e'CCrCi:iP.C.:a '.:1ti� ti1C F'lanl?Lv.Ci:ll1:C1''r, L1Ctio;.5. and :UT.:r^i1C�,.1t1G:15.
D,U;�I err �i r): UIlSC l:nd) 1'1,! O
� iltt.ln''a ::.1_1 }_ram Tc-li^.tC(?. )?,eFUl"C ]Ulllt].nCr i.}1O
p:00, allIJ11sCC•rs, c-%c,os cU;i .`_n: ;i1:-,tt?L".4cil Or 07.1 S''!a].l be reI'J!YL(I
fl-0,:1 trlc! 1.)011 ncl sZ ;.ico'c cn^s or Wipes. I•.i.nes shall ::e thrust h1oc::ccl
at and cc:,crct� for 2.35 fc(- )f static } .:il:;. Tr1Ci concrete
h] ocl;ing shall_ i_)e olac:ed b. t•,reen Soli.?ci the i:i cL.tng to bo ancho2-cd
in Su;;: a :nann-!'. that the pipe and fitting Joints will be acccLsil:)le for-
repairs. CO"Crc:tr sh.:1l. be 2500 pound concrete.
5 • JC1I'r:'i S
Al]. joints shall be t-;ater_tig?,t and any lccac ; or defects disco ere sh:.11
b: 1.^2?oCli3tei1 p;lred tO the Sat1S{aCt].On of the Er!ci!1Eer. Any pin L:`11C1;
}la.S hp.=T1 d1.;,"oirb"J% alter 11°:i.ng la.1.C: s11,11.1 } tai.Cn U13, the joints C1Ccned a:l 1
tni.. pzoh.r1�, relate. 7,11.
:
1.�'110Us mat.e_.r.iael
t!ie pipe shall hef] ;1ed or re c.,,,� y•- "er after fontsrCIscra
a.re 1'.i?(''tc• Inst"'.lutiCll Uf fit-".:_cfZ :ir' Pit)- Ju:nLs -_,hall b" i.n ;ir:r_C'U
accordance %-'iL:,, tilt ral,u ctumr's _.,:�co:�,rero�.`ianc.
'ST
.TTIi7;, i- �,F: Wig._ lC._:S A iUirPr
t c.1_'J^S Shall riC Set Zilli:*-3 19ii !: 'Valve boxe 4 Placce, dii.cctly OV.`?r the
valve!;. kffter k:cing correctly I'osi<,�=o;l; '2;, fill shall !, carefully
arC1r1:C! the valve box_ for. a &:—, _-nc.0 ofr,,at c.z c:eS f allgi o
C drz.nt.,; shall hp_ connu `c " y C�. d to t;ie Mall! V.1i h C<:^j_ iron pire zuid ti:)ns are I:t,C:^ thin is t
thin :,yciran.. , Shall he set' at suc:i =�.e� ;.ti C I7S t}l�.t tine CGnnCC-
tinc; 'Pipe ar6 the distributing 1'1c ins Eilall haL'n the Sa!!1'_' depth Of covC.r.
Each hysrent shall be braced and weds wl4n concrete 2 as `:}1`Jwi. U'1 the :? tcl' eC'i
diz.::ing. The bac}; side of the hydrant orp osi,_c the pipe cor)nection, s}-:;;11 be
fi li-13? wedged a4ain�:t the vertical face of the trilnch to prC?,,,!_nt the hy6 ant
froi?, blotlir!g off the line. If the ch;iracter of Lhe sol. is �1).-h that th.,
hyclr,: 1,nt cannot he securely 4.edged, then bridle rods and rod Collars s. 1 e
� �1:1_ b_
used and shall be of at least 3/4 inch stock anti shall he t:!orougi;ly pro+_ectc-d
by painting with uci.d resisting paint:. Around the base of: e-,ch hye:rant shall
be placed not less, than 7 cubic feet of broken stole or br_ic}:bats to insure
the cora;jlete drainage of the hydrant 1,::1en closed. All backfill around 11- clients
sh 1.1 },e thorcaghly comcacted to the surface of the ground. Before installinc
any hydrant or valve, care shall he taken to soe that all fore-ign material isI
removed from the interior of the barrel. Stuffing bu,:es shall be tightened
and the! hydrants or valve o •aned and closed to see that all
parts are in
wor};il;:j condition.
7 • CC`�NEC2 C)-,l '•1 ,'1_O l;X7S'1'Ii'v �SAI;I
Mhere co::nection is indicated to bu made bet::,een new work and an existing
water sUP;)ly I;:.=:in, such connuc'tion shall be made at such time as not to inter-
fere ::ith normal :,ate sery _Ce from thc e; i stinv system.
J-3
£3. HT(P.;711Y CROSS'.
a. General
The Coat -actor shall co('.y)erate witil the Governme!it.11
Authority
Or Aut!7oritles }lizvinCj responsible juL"13dlUi iOn Over high --:ay crr.s:iirigs
indic�.t�d on the dr.; ,:rings. Zlhcre these, crassin s -1
beneath a Commonwealth of Vie?inia �}i?h�•r 0 rr,. to be irsLalled
a} , all operation,_, and
materials shall Conform. to thG re�r.�trc':�•Cilts of the Dc;:)a=trar!nt of
HJ.ghrr<:. s aoverni-2g Such hl c{llh:ly cr!'Sii inc?_i, and the Contfactor iaii
O}Jtaii: a^:rOval Of clll ma
terial:;s and mct!_Oc]S to be e;nplol ec 1 be forc
Suc!i :'OCR. Is st-a_"t?Ci. A cony Of llCh rPiSSloll S!1i 1
c r re 11 be f-'I •=d
wic�� the Oar:er prier to si_arti nor the ti:ork . The Contract -or will
also l::e required to furnish a release fro:-,,, the proper authoriti cs
before final acceptance of the uork by t,,._
b. Field Tesi.ina and S�crili_zation
After construction of }iic;crossings and prior to L�lacing
in service,
� '
the ;;z�teY. lines shall be tectc: d and stcriliz�_ci in strict
,- y
accor4:mce with the applicable po_tio:ls of these spec; fications
e).cept that no leakage will ba permitted in tho wa i:cr piping.
9. FIELD TESTIPII OF SYSTr..Y,
a. The Contractor may bac}n il'_ over the pipe as laid, e>_ccpt
as noted 2321ow. The bell doles shall either be left open or rco.:•red
for
C
a vi sup_]. Pection of the j the test period. 1� t�•rc
tee h joints durina
hour
test shall he madc on the pine line bettr:`en vai%res or ternporazy
plugs at a test pressL'_e of at least 150 pounds. The bell holes of all
d=:;' joints may be backiill.ed followiaq this test. All leaking joints
shall be reconnected (or tightened as necessary) and retested and all
pipz-
valves and fittii,<;s and other. materials found dc-fective under this `
test shall b�,_ rer.:oved and replaced at .the Cont-actor's expense.
b. Excepti.o:l: When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
open trench or op�il bell holes necessary for a visual i:ispecl_-iorl
and test of the joints present a hazard to safety and %valfare, or
in an emergency, or special case, the operation incidont to trenching,
Pipe laying, hackf.il].ing and testing shall be so coo_dinated as
to mini.aize the lineal fOOtaQC of orcn trench and that portion of
the system.. shall h:� tested by leakage test in a closed system udder
the following specifications:
(1) This portioil or portions of
lin.ft. t!ie system shall be tested
between valves or temporary plugs in sections or not r:.ore thathan2,300
(2) The test shall be run for a period of 4 hours at a constc:nt
test pressure o� F le=ast ].50 rounds per square inch.
(/ (3) The in the t::�st syste;-, rliall l)c 9:'raro -qh a
rr.e1 cr. o-.<a-.i:Idj^ce. The r:'te.ga11,.u:ae1u shall. be
less than 10 c;_l.lon s pc•r day u,. 2.1 hours por inch diameLer pr,r L;i lam? of pipe.
C. h11 leaks evj.d,-ts,t at the surf ;.cc shall. be Lill c•ovc ed and reconnected
(Or re-t.'•-;- c htcn,.d ::h - •_n 2:ec_.aar��) r.ec:.:.rdless of t::e total loal:.agc as: indica-It�,d
h t?12 teE , aintl all 7iJ`35, valves ant? fitt*n:?_' -tnd otl`nr 17P-Leriais `C;1nd
defective ,1nl:_::: t )r test sli ill bo rC::rovud ane, r�placccl at the Color_-,ctor'
e,:L'e11 C. ..
d.. When non-metallic joint compounds are used, the off i.cial tc :t rjav
defe--rui a rea2criabl tj.::e to allcra the eo:;._�otlyd to properly .exrand and-
toric a seal 1P_ t hc- bell. 1'_ouever, 1,l. it is impractical to 1C:i.v th2 tZ'el1C:i)
Open .ro:c th:: ,:j.mC nec:es-, nary for the joint com,:"aund to expand and for-2 a seal
bcforc coV_rin:, Shell 1-*nc Or a I .p 1'1r. i^�-
.:1•.ry tC.t shall ?;a mac -le not less
than 24 hou-s aft'ar the UJ1tr121Q cf t?',2 joj.nt ccmpou-na for the purpose of
d).r _:,verinQ dIid r2j�ai212'1:.• .;11--I na ' 1 + �a}'s vf: 1:ill not: tokc-U ;II titer the
l:Su.-.1 lerr•tl� of t-!e _ ..,
ary for r.rl co:ttc,un:' : in c;!:=stio;a to 31. The
of"' ciD.l. test <a,ali be ra: e 16.Ter.
a. P.1:7--- sC011rt'
ThF! Contractor shail L'. k-e `'U1'vlc(-- CO:)",C-Ct icr'r: to thL =isti T1C: hr_-neS
CIn 'lieart-a as d.Irccted Dy the Eny].n-,=e1r. 'the rc•1_ er and meter b0 : -, ^
p1.S CrU_ 1.T:i3 One TOOL: 1ns:CCO ti1C' 11U?A0C :r:�r' S 171_0i1c'i tj7 line irOIit'i j?
alot)'3 the -water main., at a location a3lonq the Prcnc-ty liric as sel.-cta?d b,.
tha llc,mcaal.;.r i:i:i:, ap'prOvtld by thc3 L119 ince.r.
Tha Contractor shall leave the existi 2)g 1•;atcr System iI: Ouerati-
vnt it the nc1: service cQ�%,171ecticns are substc,..nti wily cOITplote, as direc eel bl
the Fngiraeer. P:;:r service connections shall be: made befol-e pla.c:ing hf-
v:ater maim into :-,cr•rice. r•
• Jfurnished ra-��_ers will b� �lirnisl)ed and ii;stallv3 by
the O::ner after the servi cri connection are com-31eted and the system is ready
for use. After the new system is tested and ready for use and the miters hrve
bean set, the customers will then be allowed to connect to the net, system.
b. Construction
Materials for service connections sh4).l be as noted in Section IV.
Service lines sh`11 be laid with a minimum of 30 inches cover. Care shall b::
taken i.n comnactir.-T trenchus not to dalzage service pipe or to cause a strain
on the steps ur ncter yo�es. Pipc 1,:hich is damaged so as to cause a restric-
tion of the fly;•: sha11 b^ I.eplaced at the Contractor's exijcnse. Meter bores
shall be set pl u:nb and true, with covers flush with existing grade. Connec-
tions to .,top:, and yokes shall be Beat anti true.
Where service lines cross naaverrcnt, the trench for these lines shall
be ,gut With a machine which will le_:ve a trench not more than 18 inci)cs in
w_dt-h. Paving s hal.l be cut in a neat strZinht line not mor.c than 13 inches
dt.. TM IIiSa.cay subgrade, base and pwelr.ant shall bc replaced in strict
!- J
f
accordance \dltll fhe-lilgt•;•:- D?,..�_rtr•1^nt ta, �^ ` C:intructor
a uY S - ru...rd.=. T.,r. � shall rLUalr all r1c;t3e , and dePI:t10S -OnS o cr wai cr 1111c trc::nche�_
until 1ao further scatla mc* nt occu.,-s ~t
:nd ur.t .. t?-:c t•:ori: i_._, acce�'_cd
by the Betarr=-ant of High-aays, 1
a. General
The tollo i.119 L .ctOrS shall be cr•n ssi.dered i.1 Frovi.dlnq ade'luato
separation:
(1) M ateri.als and t p..?s I
y or joints c;.r Water and se-•:er
(2) Soil condi'-i.ons,
(3) Service branch Connuctions Jnl,::7 the wc;tcr 11.i?.e and
1ires, � -
(G) Comp-ans. tlnJ v=rial ir?i1L; 7.n the- hcrizoncal and vertiadl
tlon ,
(S) Space for ropairs arl:; altera
and, -tior:s of t•�atc�- anrl sr: er p .pes,
(6) Offs�2ttin;T of pi -cis a -round rR811holeS.
b. Parallel 7ns7t al lai:ion
(1) ATorlrral concli.:iors - 1.7ater 1:i11es shall be laid at least ten
feet horizontally fro-M a. set•:er or sci-eer r.1anhole whenever possible, tilt c!is-
tance shall be Measured EdA e-to-•edge.
• (2) Unusual. cOnditi-Ons - I.7hen IOCal conditionsprevent a horizon-
tal separation of ten feet, the water line May be 1 id closer to a sewer
provided that:
a
(a) The hootto.m of tha water line is at least 18 inches above
the top of the serer,
(b) Where this vertical sen,,ration cannot be obtai.:ied, the
sewer shall be constructed of mcclia:lical joint %•rater pike, pressure -tested
in place to 50 Psi without leakage prior tc backfilling.
c. cressilla
(1) Normal conditions - t'atcr linas cressi.rg wirers shall be laid
to provide a separatio: of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the \cater
line and the top of the se,,.c:r whoncver. Possible.
•
V- 6
` (2) Unusual condit.1cI15 - iinen conftition- vc,-_tical.
senarati:,tl C]•^Berl} (i in E'c (l), t11e_ l.olloi•1i:1- c•-1^.Cru"? ]'?11 shall LE used:
(a). Se;-?u>rs ra sing over or. u;,dc .iatcr 3 _ '� .i�lc� shah ire con
structcd of the matc•.rial:, duscr-c in Ob(21') (LO/
Vat..cr lines piss' n L':ii:':C :. ::cC•:e?'S .:11 ;1�., 121 c�^::llt]_ o r.
be protccte, by rro . id �_:lq :
I A vertical se; araLioll o' rt lc,: t 1S
bottom 1✓etw�en
thbottoo1 the sewer and the .op of 'fiche „atcy— line,
2) Adz: uat_c structur ]. Sljrpol"t for the se; ers to pre-
vent es:cessi.ve deflout=on of the jcints ann. ; ; -
tl.i.ns o�� Gnn br2al;i.n� tratc!-
line,
3) T.Lut th-! Iongi:h o : tlic t; �t:er ] :one ba ccr_te.red at
rO].n of the C1O: Si_I1 J SO th:. 4 U-ill':s .F:ii I E LCiL1: C'�J.:3tc.:it Z1?.C_ ? i {dr
j as possible frum the
d. Sarii.tarl=an?/or r:�- ~=o r
•
No r:at.er pipes Shall. pass thrGjoh or ; aT:c: i 2: ccntz,;.i: ;.it l any part
of a se;.cr or sewer Ma.n:lolc.
NO"_F: The .b'J7e 1S frc:a tI_E L3.YQini.a Ti73tex'::7rt•S T?Ecj1,.'_c::tions; tP.E :C: ;ii'?CtG_
Shcl'J he f£riliar. wi' Lh the rC' uiitioIls and
Spec! ` icatlon.
*14 *
46
ItIDE:{
SECTICN VI
SANITARY SET.;'RS AND FCRCE %?T_iIS
Paraaraoh No.
Pace No-
1 General
2 Earthwork 1
3 Materials 1
4 Installation 1
5 Manholes 1
6 Highway Crossings 4
7 Inspection and Tests 6
6
•
•
DETAILED SPECIFIC .
SECTIC:1 VI
SANITARY SE::c?,S A`1D FORCE ,2AI'
1. GE,7ERAL
The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor,
equipment and materials and performing all operations in connection with the
construction of sewage force mains, sanitary sewers, manholes, and sewer
appurtenances as shown on the drawings, as specified and as directed by the
Engineer. Lines shall begin and terminate at the locations shown on the
plans.
2. EARTHT.joR_<
Excavation, trenching and back=filling for all piping specified herein
shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section II, Earthwork, and
any special requirements as indicated on the drawings.
3. MATERIALS
Materials shall conform to the specifications of Section IV, Piping,
Fittings and Valves.
4 . INSTALLATIC,1
a. General
t •
Pipe and fittings shall be strung out along the route of construc-
ticn with the bells facing in
the direction in which the work is to proceed.
Pipe shall be placed where it will
cause least interference with traffic.
Where applicable, this work shall
conform to the provisions of Section II,
Earthwork. Laying of the pipe shall be
commenced immediately after the
excavation is started and
every means must be used to keep pipe laying
closely behind the trenching. The
Engineer may stop the trenching when, in
his opinion, the trench is
open too far in advance of the pipe laying opera-
tion. The bottom of the
sewer trench shall be shaped to give substantially
uniform Circumferential
su_ocort to the lower one-third of each pipe. Holes
shall be scooped out where the bells
occur leaving the entire barrel of the
e bearing on the pi_e bed.
Each pipe she__ be inspected for defects prior
to being lowered into the trench
and swabbed'.r brushed out to insure that no
dirt or foreign material gets into
the finised line. Trench waters shall -be
kept out of the pipe and the
pipe kept closed
wor:: is not in progress. P by means of a test plug whenever
g_ess. Pipe
shall be handled carefully to avoid breakage.
Pipe may be laid in the best
manner adsnted to securing speed and good results.
However, it shall be laid in
accordance with the -manufacturer's s instructions
and reco,=e^dations. Bell
l and spigot PiE:e laying shall rope_ spigot ends pointi proceed u_grad_ with
.ng in direction
of flow. If the moximuj trench width
•
VI-1
specified in Section II, Earthwork, is exceeded for any reason other
than by order of the Engineer, the Contractor shall install e
' =11 at his own
expense, concrete cradling, pipe encasement or other bedding as may be
reeuired by the Engineer to sup_ort the load of the back,;:411. Backfilling
shall be tamped conforming to the requirements specified in the Eart::.gor:c
Section of these specifications.
b. Gravity Sewers
Installation of gravity sewer pipe and fittings with factory
made joints shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation and the Engineer's approval. Joints shall be clean before
assembly. Pipe alignment shall ccnform to the requirements set fort:;
in the paragraph for "Sewer Inspection and Test" of this section.
C. Sewage Force Mains
Where it is
necessary to cut the pipe to place special castings
care must be taken not to
crack the pipe and to cut straight and true
around it. Force mains shall be thrust blocked
at bends to prevent movement
of lines under pressure. The concrete blocking shall be
placed between
solid ground and the fittings anchored in
such a manner that the pipe
and fitting joints will be accessible for repairs.
Concrete shall be
2500 lb. concrete. All joints shall be watertight (refer
to Paragraph 7,
Inspection and Tests ) and any leaks or defects discovered shall be
immediately
repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any pipe which
has been disturbed after being laid
shall be taken up, the joints cleaned,
and the pipe properly relaid. Damaged or
unsound pipe or fittings will -be
rejected. Before jointing the
pipe, all lumps,
material and any dirt or sand shall
be removed fromsthesbellcess spigotating ends
Of pipes. Any superfluous material inside the
pipe shall be removed by
means of an approved follower or
scraper after joints are made.
Where necessary to deflect the Pipe from a straight lne at
joints, the deflection
•
shall not exceed that recommended bythe1manufacturer.
If the specified or required alignment
requires deflections in excess
Of those recommended, the Contractor shall either
provide special bends
as approved by the Engineer or a
sufficient number of shorter lengths
of pipe to provide_ ancrular deflections
within the ;
the manufacturer. All force limits set forth by
mi: -ua earl. mains shall be installed so as to have a
-• cover of 30
inches.
0
V:-3
(Revised June, 19S3)
0 d. Pi'' Supports
•
Where there is no adequate natural foundation upon whit: to co.^.
struct a Pipe bed, the oice shall be constructed on a prepared stabilized
silbgrade, rock bedding, Or sllcnOr`_s as detailed the -plans. materials shall be -- o d on t.._ plans. Unsu;table
replaced or stabilized as described in Section II.
Wooden supports shall be used when directed by the Engineer -in :rriting.
e. Miscellaneous Concre t_ in Se:•:er Trench
At any or all points in the sewer system as shown on the drawings or
Where the cover on top of the pipe is less than two feet or where lines pass
under roadways, pavements or railroads, the Engineer may direct the Contractor
to constrict concrete easements under and around the pipe.
Where the depth of trench is eight feet and over, concrete casement
shall also be placed around service woes as detailed on the standarc
Miscellaneous concrete in sewer trench shall be 2,500 psi concrete. dra:°rocs.
f.
Service Connections - Note: All existing dwellings will be provided with
a lateral to their property line.. Exact location of lateral will be
designated by owner during construction.
(1) Service lines shall be connected to the sewer lines by means of
wye fittings with a branch as shown on the standard drawings. The branch of
the wye fitting will be elevated as directed depending on the death of the sewer.
Eighth bends will be used to connect service line at the wye branc:.. Increasers
shall be used to connect 4 inch service lines as shown on the drawings. Service
lines shall extend from the sewer to the property line and be plugged. Eighth
bends may be used to lower the service line to minimize depth of cuts. Location
markers shall be installed at the end of each service or wye as shown in the
standard detail drawing, except in driving areas. Locations shall be recorded
on the as -built plans.
(2) Installation of plugged w_ves may be made
as ill
be of the type and size recuired, watertight and removeabledwithoutirecte•breakingPlugswthe
Pipe.
g. Setting Valves and Valve Bo:tes
Valves "anal valve boxes as specif, <. -'
stalled where --- in Section IV, shall be in -
shown or. the drawl n s unless o- hernvise directed by t: e Engineer.
Valves shall be set plu7Lb with the -
valve and re base Or the valve box centered over t
s`' ng on cc:;Pact�d backfill he
set to allowec�a1 mo.e.^..a^t above an' T top section of the box sha' i be
CCpositioned, fill an below rinished grade. After beir.
a distance of } feet on all side
be car2'ully tamped around the valve box fot
side
flush with ho s of she box. The top of the cover shall b
t_ finisi:ed grade. e
VI-3
h. Connection to -Manholes
Force mains will be connected to each manhole at the 0
shown on the drawings. � locations
9s. Th_ new manhole shall be constructed in precarac_on
for this connection where required. Force main connection shall be constructed
as shown on the detailed drawing.
i. Water ;Mains *fear Sewers
(1) Horizontal Separation: Wherever possible sewer
be laid at least 10 feet, se�c�_ lines
horizontally, from any existing or proposed drain
sewer line. Should local conditions prevent a lateral separation of 10 fie+,
a sewer line may be laid closer than 10 feet to (or in the sarc trench as) a
water line provided that the line is laid in a separate trench, or on an
undisturbed earth shelf location on one side of the sewer at suc:^, an elevation
that the bottom of the water main is at least 18
inc :es above the top of the
sewer. When it is impossible to obtain proper horizontal and vertical
separation as stipulated above, both the :vater main and server should
be constructed of slip-on or mechanical joints, cast iron pipa, asbestos-_
cement pressure pipe, or prestressed concrete cylinder pipe, and should be�
pressure tested to assure watertightness before bacfilli_ng.
(2) Vertical Separation: Wherever sewer
lines
the water main shall be not less than 18 inches above thectoo-o`at`�e seiQs:
This vertical separation should be maintained for that portion of t e water
main located within 10 feet horizontally of any sewer line being laid there_
under said 10 feet to be measured as the normal distance from the to the sewer. ;cater main
(3) Unusual Condition._: vertical SepaWhere
conditions prevent the mini=,z.-j
ration set forth In su paragraph (2) from being -ma'ntained'or
when it is necessary for the sewer line to be installed over a water main,
the server line shall be laid with mechanical joint cast iron pipe, testes: to
50
the peroprio
r
to placing in Operation, and the pipe shall extend on. each side or
g 1 the no r-ia7 distance from the sewer line to the water mai
is at least 10 feet. In making such a crOssin T
a length of sewer ipe over g, it is pr�ferab�e to center;
will be eq �,Pt f- the water main to be crossed, so that the joints
ui-distant a from the water line and as remote therefrom as possible.
Where a sewer pipe must cross over a water ,
••
19 inches between e 1-e a vertical separation of
th bottom of the sewer and the top water
be maintained, with adequate r� sized
therli main shall
support for the lancer sued Prevent them from set a. sewer lines to
on and . _ ea�_ng the water m. in .
5. rzA_,L0L-s
a. General
Manholes shall be constructed of Or=�e ;r_ i
block or precast concrete- s� c__ a cc.
with cast iron `ar concrete,
mann�l�
'r�.me-
dra•.vings. The invertchannels- � ar.d covers sho;.� on the
shall be smooth and connectin the accurately shaped arcs
CJ Ct:a.^.n.e1S Of the _ol�es In such a manner as to di^..in
loss of head Which may occur t ^ish any '7 it d du. o a ch in e direction
m� e h= be forge di =ectly in an. Of
�•e Rio^^. of flow. Inverts
she concrete or the
manhole base, may be
V1-4
built up of brickwor'.; and grout, may consist of half -tile laice, in the concrete
base or may be constructed by laying '
full se_t_on sewer pipe straight through
the manhole and breaking out the top half after the base is constructed.
Where directed by the ria-sneer, invert channels and Manhole bot z.-I shall be
shaped and smcoted with 2:1 sand -cement grout o: proper consistency. Steep
slc_es outside the invert channels shall be avoided. Changes in size and
grade shall be made gradually and evenly. Chances in the direction of the
sewer and entering branch or branches shall have a true curve of as large a
radius as the size of the manhole will permit. Manholes shall be provided
with cast iron steps of 3/: inch diameter wrought iron rungs, not less than
10 inches wide, built into and securely anchored to the walls. Steps shall
be spaced approximately 12 inches apart vertically and alternate steps offset
6 inches. Rungs shall be galvanized after fabrication. Pipe to manhole
connections shall be provided with a rubber 0-Ring connection to avoid damage
to pipe if manhole settles.
b. Types of Manholes
Manholes shall be of three types and construction shall be as
16 indicated on the drawings. A shallow type manhole shall be constructed.at
all locations shown where the invert of lo:aest line to grade does not exceed
4 feet. Standard ty
pe manholes shall be constructed where invert of lowest
line is 4 feet or greater to grade line. A drop manhole shall be constructed
where the difference in elevation between the invert line of the deecest
outlet pipe and the invert line of the inlet pipe is 24 inches or greater.
This special construction is shown in detail on the plans.
C. Manhole Frames and Covers
Manhole frames and covers shall be in accordance with requirements
shorn on the drawings. They shall confor^i to the current AST:1 Designation
comc or Federal S:ecificatiens QQ-I-652 and shall be of such cual?ty and
ccm:osition as will mace the metal of the casting strong, tough and of even
grain. They shall be sa�,00th, free from scale, lumps, blisters and sand holes.
No plugging or filling will be allowed. The words "SA..IITARY Ste': " shall be
cast in the cover so as to be plainly visible. The manhole frames and
covers shall be set so that the top of the cover will be flush with the
finished grade. Combined weight of manhole frame and cover shall not be
less that. 400 pou^:ds. F•_-ames and covers shall have the bearing surfaces
machined to prevent rocking.
6. HIGn , jL'i
Where crossing is to be installed beneath a Ccmmonwealth of V' H•ich:�a,�, all operations irg�nia
p tions and mat2rials shall conforms to the requirements of
the Virginia Deaartment of
Highways governing such high:aay crosszgs, and
the Contractor shall obtain approval of
- all materials and methods to be
: o start
employed before such wort ' started.
filed with the Owner pr A co: of such permission shall be
Starting the work. T::e Contractor will also
be repaired to furnish a release acceptance of the wort-, by item the proper authorities before final
tn- O:•rner. The Contractor :-gall secure from the
Highway Department th^ - -
n`-=`s'a in-oatlon regarding grocer bracing,
sheeting, shoring and ot^
i ..er re - _ i n
cut--d prot_ction o the hip :�av and trap-,-
dur'^c the construction ooar,;ticn. Where an open cut is eermiss_ble in
VI-5
crossing the State Highway instead of boring, the Contractor shall mate
the necessary provisions for handling traffic and replacing the road bed and surface as required by the Virginia Department of Highways.
7. INSPECTION AND TSSTS
a. Watertight Ccnstr ct�
on
It is imperative that all sewers and force mains, manholes and
service connections be built practically watertight and that the Contractor
adhere rigidly to the specifications for material and workmanship. All
of the sewage must be pumped for treatment and special care and attention
must be given to securing watertight construction. After completion, the
sewers or sections thereof will be air tested for infiltration and if
either is above allowable limits specified, the sewer will be rejected.
All equipment, materials and manpower required for testing in accordance
with these specifications shall be furnished by the Contractor. All testing shall be performed under the supery
ision o.. the Owner and/or t-e
Engineer. It is the intent of these specifications to produce a sewer lin*
with infiltration not exceeding 100 gallons per day per inch of diameter per mile of sewer length. sewer
b. Insoect,nn
On completion of each block or section of sewer (including
all service laterals)
or such other time as the Engineer may direct, t^e
repairs shown necessary by the test
are to be left true to ling and crap -
clean and ready for use. Each section
of sewer bet;Jeen manholes is to
show from either end
on examination a full circle of light.
C. Sanitary Sewer Testing (The following is
excerpted from the Joh.Is'
Manville Sewer Pipe Manual). All testing must
be in accordance with AST`,
C828 as required by Commonwealth of Virginia "Sewage
Regulations" Secti
21.05.08, Paragraph 3. on
Test is conducted between two (2) consecutive manholes, as
directed by the Engineer.
•�
The test section of the sewer line is Pluggedhd_
the plugs used at the
manhole must be tapped and equipped for theairOinlne �'
connection for filling the line from
the air compressor.
All service laterals, stubs and fittings into the sewer test
section should be
properly capped or plugg=d, and care=ally bra -zed ac list
the internal pressure to
prevent air leakage by slippage and b1o:Jouts.
Connect air hose to tapped plug selected for the air inlet.
Then connect
the other end OFf the air hose to the portable
air control
equipment which consists of valves and pressure gages used
to control the
air entry rate to the sewer test section, and to
monitor the air pressure
in the pipe line. More specifically, the
air control ecu;pment include a
shut-off valve, pressure reguiating valve,
pressure reduction valve an= a
monitoring pressure gage having a u
pressure range from 0 to 5 psi. Thegaye
should have minimum divisions of
.10 psi and an accuracy of *.Os psi. Figur
No. 110 illustrates diagr3..-zatical1;,
a ty^ical control eeu;=ment apparatus.
VI-o
(Revised June 1983)
Connect another air nose between the air compressor (or ether
fo source of commressed air) and the air control equipment. This co^pletes the
test equipment set-up. Test operations may o
co^men c� .
fo
Supply air to the test section slowly, filling the pine lire
until a constant pressure of 3.5 psi is maintained, The air pressure must
;
regulated to prevent the pressure inside the pine from exceeding 5.0 osia.
When constant pressure of 3.5 psig is reached, throttle the air
su:,ply to maintain the internal pre above 30 psi
' pressure a ov .g for at least 5 minutes.
This time Permits the temperature of the entering air to equalize with the
temperature of the pipe wall. During this stabilization period it is advisabl.
to check all capped and plugged fittings with a soap solution to detect any
leakage at these connections.
If leakage is detected at any cap or plug, release the pressure
in the line and tighten all leaky cams and Plugs. Then start the test ope
again by sunmlvin air. rati_
q When it is necessary to bleEd off the air to tight_n
or repair a faulty plug, a new five-minute interval must be allowed after the
Pipe line has been refilled.
After the stabilization period, adjust the aire pressure to 3.5
psig and shut off or disconnect the air supply. Observe the gage until the
aire pressure reaches 3.0 Psig. At 3.0 psig commence timing with a stoo
watch which is allowed to run Until the line pressure drops to 2.5 psig
at which time the stop watcl, is stropped. The time recuid as s the
pressure stop watch, fora r reshown on
P loss oL 0.5 psig is used to compute the air loss.
Most authorities consider it unnecessary to determine the air
temperature inside the pipe line and the barometric pressure at the the test, tine of
If the time, in minutes and seconds, for the air pressure to
drop from 3.0 to 2.5 psig is greater than that shwon in Table Y for the
designated pi_ size, the section ands_
shall be presumed to be free r going test shall have passed and
• of defects. The test may be discontinued at
that time.
•
If the time, in minutes and seconds, for the 0.5 psig drop is
less than that shown in Table Y for the designated mice size, the section of
Pine shall not have passed the test; re-,,�
the -----a, adequate repairs must be
mace and li:.e retested.
Pine sizes with their respective r=_c„mended minimum times,
: y
in minutes and seconds for acceptance bh
�p the air test method.
For eight (3) inch and smaller pine, only -- if during the
five minute saturation period
pressure droc_ less than 0.5 p ti
initial pressurization and air is not adds n un alter t..a
test shall have d, the pile section unc?rgcirg
passed.
VI-7
Multi pi=e sizes -- When the se-ver line undergoing etest is
8" or larger diameter pipe and includes 4" or 6" l-e
he fiur-
Table Y for uniform,sewer main sizes will not give a
reliable toc accurate n
criteria for the test. Where multi-Diae sizes are e
� t0 tY'7d,._CO the air � the can cOmDu`te the "average', size 14 -A t..?
g in inches which is then multi_ lied
by 38.2 seconds. The results will
give the mi.^.i�hun time in seconds accectsble
for a pressure drop of 0.5 osig _or the di_n�
" Zer "averaced,._ a epipe.
TI REQU -= "ZNTS FOR AIR TESTING
Pipe Size
Time
(In Inches) Minutes
Seconds
4 2
6 3 32
8 50
10 6 6
12 22
14 8 39
8 15 9 56
16 10 35
18 12
11 20 12 34
21 13 45
30
(For larger diame--er pipe use the following;
Minimu.-n time in seconds = 462 x ��
Pipe diameter in feet.)
TA3LL Y
-S PSI
L1-Cu:L L' C.�u rZGC
i Cc.vtrti�Si.�Z O'12S r�it .,vr-ilf d�� 1�25Ctu22 K���•
PSI tMr'LtT OCciSUZt
ic- S�eU
u2t Ge
r G t/a' o2_SS a 5�.�5�: .atC th55
STo. Cl�,,{3fL5 vt.u�.1 :�T tri`vVUy
Gc..rr2aG:..rrr c1tY ►-rose � �-
- ' VZ Ato- 14CS-O
r, A"_ L ( r a rz-r- C=�% e 3
0 �r•
1uErylGTtL r�ZJtt,r,uL, p�
_-'-llhht�UT-
t0 :--L Lllt7 TcST t,JL, pFc SEwtSZ
VI-8
Expense of the above tests shall be borne by the Contractor an -
included in the unit prices bid per foot of sewer unter each res=ect ve
size and depth of cut of serer. �
d. Force Mains
After pine is laid and joints completed, the force main sys-em
shall be tested according to the latest revision of the Sewerage Rec_ulations
pursuant to Section 62.I-44.19(g) of the Code of Virgin;, (1950) as
amended. Section 22.07 of the Re;ulations is t:^.e particul _ section and
the contractor should be thoroughly familiar with it. In su_:mary,
L = (N x D xF)/3700, where L is the allowable leakage in gallons per hour,
N is the number of pipe joints, D is the pipe diameter in inches, and
P is the test pressure in psi. All force mains shall be tested at a m4ni7,_"t
pressure of at least 50 percent above the design operating pressure,
for at least 30 minutes. The Contractor must furnish all necessary
equipment and shall bear the cost of testing the force mains. All tests
shall be made in the presence of the Engineer.
e. Manholes
40 Inflatable stoppers shall be used to plugall l _;ne s into and cut
of the manhole being tested. The stoccens shall _ be positioned in the lines
far enough from the manhole to insure testing of those portions of th_ lines not air tested. The manhole shall then.. be filled with water to th e
top. A 12-hour soak shall be allowed. Leakage shall not exceed
per hour. g�__on
40-
VI-9
(Revised June, 1983)
46 INDEX
SECTION VII
DISINFECTION AND TESTS
Paraqravh No.
Paae No.
1 General VI-1
2 Disinfecting Agent VI-1
3 Disinfection Methods VI-1
4 Approval of Disinfection VI-2
0
•
0,
•
11
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION VII
DISINFECTION AND TESTS
1. GENERAL
Disinfection of all equipment, pipe lines, and structures in the water
project with which water comes in contact and which have been contaminated by
the Contractor's operations shall be accomplished after completion of construc-
tion and immediately before the system or unit is placed in operation. The
Contractor shall procure and pay for all water required for the disinfection
and bacteriological tests of the water mains.
2. DISINFECTING AGENT
The disinfecting agent shall be liquid
solution conforming to Federal Specification
chlorite similar and equal to "HTH" may also
3. DISINFECTION METHODS
chlorine or sodium hypochlorite
O-S-602b, Grade D. Dry hypo -
be used as the disinfecting agent.
a. All water lines shall be disinfected prior to being placed in operatiol
b. Prior to disinfection all water lines shall be flushed unless the
tablet method of disinfection is used. All valves and hydrants
shall be operated during this operation. Flushing velocities should
not be less than 2.5 ft/sec.
C. Methods of Chlorine Application
1.
2.
Continuous feed method - Potable water shall be introduced into
the pipe line at a constant flow rate. Chlorine shall be added
at a constant rate to this flow so that the chlorine concentration
in the water in the pipe is at least 50 mg/L. The chlorinated
water shall remain in the pipe line at least 24 hours, after which
the chlorine concentration in the water shall be at least 10 mg/L.
All valves and appurtenances shall be operated while the chlorinat
water remains in the pipe line.
Slug method - Potable water shall be introduced into the pipe line
at a constant flow rate. This water shall receive a chlorine
dosage which will result in a chlorine concentration of 100 mg/L
in a "slug" of the water. The chlorine shall be added long enough
to insure that all portions of the pipe are exposed to the 100 mg/
chlorine solution for at least 3 hours. The chlorine residual sha
be checked at regular intervals not to exceed 2000 feet to insure
that adequate residual is maintained. As the chlorinated water
passes valves and appurtenances, they shall be operated to insure
disinfection of these appurtenances.
VII-1
3. Tablet method - This method shall not be used if nonpotable water
or foreign materials have entered the lines or if the water tem-
erature is below 5°C(410F).
The tablets shall be placed in each section and in all appurtenan
Enough tablets shall be used to insure that a chlorine concentrate 0
of 25 mg/1 is provided in the water. They shall be attached by an
adhesive to the top of the pipe sections and crushed or rubbed in
all appurtenances. The adhesive shall be acceptable to the Bureau.
The velocity of the potable water in the pipe lines shall be
less than 1 ft/sec. The water shall then remain in contact with
the pipe for 24 hours. All valves and appurtenances shall be operated
while the chlorinated water is in the pipe line.
d. Final Flushing - After the required retention period, the heavily
chlorinated water shall be flushed from the pipe line using potable
water.
e. Testing - After the.liner, have been flushed, the water lines shall be
tested in accordance with the Virginia Department of Health Waterworks
regulations. Two water samples for bacteriological analysis must be
collected at least 24 hours apart and from separate locations at leas
2000 feet apart. These samples shall be plainly marked "Construction
Sample" and the samples forwarded to the Virginia Department of Health
for bacterial examination. If repeated tests of such samples show the
presence of coliform organisms, the disinfection shall be repeated or
continued until tests indicate the absence of pollution. The bacterial
tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the piping of other
units are placed in service. `
4. APPROVAL OF DISINFECTION
The complete disinfection program and methods followed shall be in accordance
with directives of the Virginia Department of Health and all methods employed
shall have the approval of the Virginia Department of Health. Definite instruc
tions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be requested from the
Virginia Department of Health and shall be followed in all respects. Final
approval of the bacterial samples shall be received from the Virginia DepartmE �.
of Health prior to the time that water mains are placed in service and allowed
to be used for distribution of potable water. The Contractor shall deliver
copies of the approved test data for the Owner and the Engineer.
VII-2
•
SECTION VIII
TOPSOILING, SEEDING, SPRIGING';
Section
Description
Page
1.61
Topsoiling
III-207
1.65
Temporary Seeding
III-211
1.66
Permanent Seeding
III-215
1.67
Sodding
III-231
1.68
Bermudagrass Sprigging
III-241
1.75
Mulching
III-247
•
::All work shall be in accordance with the Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control
Handbook. Pertinent sections are provided for the contractor's convenience
but one must be familiar with the entire handbook.
LJ
•
•
0
0
L
•SI
STD & SPEC 1.61
TOPSOILING
npfinitinn
1.61
Methods of preserving and using topsoil to enhance final site stabiliza-
tion with--getation.
Purpose
To provide a suitable growth medium for final site stabilization with
vegetation.
Conditions Where Practice ADolies
1. Where the preservation or importation of topsoil is determined to
be the most effective method of providing a suitable growth medium.
2. Where the subsoil or existing soil presents the following problems:
a. the texture, pH, or nutrient balance of the available soil cannot
be modified by reasonable means to provide an adequate growth
medium.
b. the soil material is too shallow to provide an adequate root zone
and to supply necessary moisture and nutrients for plant growth.
c. the soil contains substances potentially toxic to plant growth.
- . /�„ . � .� � ter+' r .� . • • •. y •,�� ..1, ,
1 � y J ♦•
III-207
1.61
1980
3. Where high -quality turf is desirable to withstand intense use or
meet aesthetic requirements. 9
4. Where ornamental plants will be established.
5. Only on slopes that are 2:1 or flatter.
Planning Considerations
Topsoil is the surface layer of the soil profile, generally characterized
as being darker than the subsoil due to the presence of organic matter.
It is the major zone of root development, carrying much of the nutrients
available to plants, and supplying a large share of the water used by
plants.
Although topsoil provides an excellent growth medium,
there
d,sodvan-
tages to its use. Stripping, stockpiling, reapplying g topsoi
importing topsoil, may not always be cost-effective. Topsoiling can .
delay seeding or sodding operations, increasing the exposure time of
denuded areas. Most topsoil contains weed seeds, and weeds may
with desirable species.
Advantages of topsoil include its high organic matter content and friable
consistence, water -holding capacity, and nutrient content.
In site planning, the option of topsoiling should be compared with that
of preparing a seedbed in subsoil. The clay content of subsoils doe-7
of
ts
provide high moisture availability and deter leachingaugoodngrowthd
when properly limed and fertilized, subsoils may provide
medium which is generally free of weed seeds.
Topsoiling is strongly recommended where ornamental plants or hlwhenain-
tenance turf will be grown. Topsoiling is a required P potentiallyning
establishing vegetation on shallow
soils, soils contiacid)evels.
toxic materials, and soils of critically low pH (high
If topsoiling is to be done, the following items should be considered:
1. Whether an adequate volume of topsoil exists on the site. Topsoil
will be spread at a compacted depth of 2-4 inches.
2. Location of the topsoil stockpile so that it meets specifications
and does not interfere with work on the site.
3. Allow sufficient time in scheduling for topsoil to be spread and
bonded prior to seeding, sodding, or planting.
4. Care must be taken not to a 1 topsoil tops° l over sandy subsoil is
subsoil if the two 1ls
have contrasting textures. Clayey P
a particularly poor combination, as water creeps along the junction
between the soil layers and causes the topsoil to slough.
III-208
1980 1.61
5. If topsoil and subsoil are not properly bonded, water will not infil-
trate the soil profile evenly and it will be difficult to establish
vegetation.
Specifications
Materials
Field exploration of the site shall be made to determine if there is
sufficient surface soil of good quality to justify stripping. Topsoil
shall be friable and loamy (loam, sandy loam, silt loam, sandy clay loam,
clay loam). It shall be free of debris, trash, stumps, rocks, roots,
and noxious weeds, and shall give evidence of being able to support healthy
vegetation. It shall contain no substance that is potentially toxic
to plant growth.
All topsoil shall be tested by a recognized laboratory for the following
• criteria:
Organic matter content shall be not less than 1.5% by weight.
pH range shall be from 6.0-7.5. If pH is less than 6.0, lime
shall be added in accordance with soil test results
or in accordance with the recommendations of the vege-
tative establishment practice `:eing used.
Soluble salts shall not exceed 500 ppm.
If additional off -site topsoil is needed, it must meet the standards
stated above.
Stripping
Stripping shall be confined to the immediate construction area. A 4-
to 6-inch stripping depth is common, but depth may vary depending on
the particular soil. All perimeter dikes, basins, and other sediment
Is
controls shall be in place prior to stripping.
Stockpiling
Topsoil shall be stockpiled in such a manner that natural drainage is
not obstructed and no off -site sediment damage shall result.
Side slopes of the stockpile shall not exceed 2:1.
A perimeter dike with gravel outlet, silt fence, or straw bale barrier
shall surround all topsoil stockpiles.
Temporary seeding of stockpiles shall be completed within 15 days of
the formation of the stockpile, in accordance with TEMPORARY SEEDING
(Std. & Spec. 1.65).
Site Preparation Prior to and Maintenance During Topsoiling
• Before topsoiling, establish needed erosion and sediment control practices
III-209
M
R
r
1.61
such as diversions, grade stabilization structures, berms, dikes, level
spreaders, waterways, sediment basins, etc. These practices must be •
maintained during topsoiling.
Grading: Previously established grades on the areas to be topsoiled
shall be maintained according to the approved plan.
Liming: Where the pH of the subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is com-
posed of heavy clays, agricultural limestone shall be spread in accord-
ance with the soil test or the vegetative establishment practice being
used.
Bonding: After the areas to be topsoiled have been brought to grade,
and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil, the subgrade
shall be loosened by discing or scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches
to insure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil.
AoDlvinq Topsoil
Topsoil shall not be placed while in a frozen or muddy condition, when •
the subgrade is excessively wet, or in a condition that may otherwise
be detrimental to proper grading or proposed sodding or seeding. The
topsoil shall be uniformly distributed to a minimum compacted depth of
2 inches on 3:1 or steeper slopes and 4 inches on flatter slopes. (See
Table 1.61a to determine volume of topsoil required for application to
various depths). Any irregularities in the surface, resulting from top -
soiling or other operations, shall be corrected in order to prevent the
formation of depressions or water pockets.
It is necessary to compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact
with the underlying soil and to obtain a level seedbed for, the establish-
ment of high maintenance turf. However, undue compaction is to be avoided
as it increases runoff velocity and volume, and deters seed germination.
In areas which are not going to be mowed, the surface should be left,
rough in accordance with SURFACE ROUGHENING (Std & Spec. 1.60). •
Soil Sterilants
No sod or seed shall be placed on soil which has been treated with soil
sterilants until sufficient time has elasped to permit dissipation of
toxic materials.
Table 1.61a
CUBIC YARDS OF TOPSOIL REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION TO VARIOUS DEPTHS
Depth
Per 1,000
inches
Square Feet
Per Acre
1
3.1
134
2
6.2
268
3
.3403
4
12
537.4 537
5
15.5
672
6
18.6
806
III-210
1980
1.65
•
0
•
•
STD & SPEC 1.65
TEMPORARY SEEDING
n_r;..._4- 4--
The establishment of a temporary vegetative cover on disturbed areas
by seeding with appropriate rapidly growing annual plants.
Purposes
1. To reduce erosion and sedimentation by stabilizing disturbed areas
that will not be brought to final grade for a year or less.
2. To reduce problems associated with mud and dust production from bare
soil surfaces during construction.
Conditions Where Practice Applies
Where exposed soil surfaces are not to be fine -graded for periods from
30 days to one year. Such areas include denuded areas, soil stockpiles,
dikes, dams, sides of sediment basins, temporary roadbanks, etc. (See
GENERAL CRITERIA GC-1).
•:1
1.65 '
Planning Considerations
Sheet erosion, caused by the impact of rain on bare soil, is the source •
of most fine particles in sediment. To reduce this sediment load in
runoff, the soil surface itself should be protected. The most efficient
and economical means of controlling sheet and rill erosion is to establish
vegetative cover. Annual plants which sprout rapidly and survive for
only one growing season are suitable for establishing temporary vegeta-
tive cover.
Temporary seeding may prevent costly maintenance operations on other
erosion control systems. For exaj„pie, sediment basin clean -outs will
be reduced if the drainage area of the basin is seeded where grading
and construction are not taking place. Perimeter dikes will be more
effective if not choked with sediment.
Temporary seeding is essential to preserve the integrity of earthen struc-
tures used to control sediment, such as dikes, diversions, and the banks
and dams of sediment basins. •
Proper seedbed preparation and the use of quality seed are important
in this practice just as in permanent seeding. Failure to carefully
follow sound agronomic recommendations will often result in an inadequate
stand of vegetation that provides little or no erosion control.
Specifications
Prior to seeding, install necessary erosion control practices such as
aikes, waterways, and basins.
Plant Selection
Select plants appropriate to the season and site conditions from Table
1.65a. •
Seedbed Preparation
To control erosion on bare soil surfaces, plants must be able to germi-
nate and grow. Seedbed preparation is essential.
1. Liming: Where soils are known to be highly acid (pH 5.5 and lower),
Time should be applied at the rate of two tons of pulverized agricul-
tural limestone per acre.
2. Fertilizer: Shall be applied as 450 lbs./acre of 10-20-20 (10 lbs./1,000
sq. ft.T or equivalent. Lime and fertilizer shall be incorporated
into the top 2 to 4 inches of the soil.
3. Surface Roughening: If the area has been recently loosened or dis-
turbed, no further roughening is required.
1�
III-212
1980 1.65
When the area is compacted, crusted, or hardened, the soil surface
shall be loosened by discing, raking, harrowing, or other acceptable
• means. (See SURFACE ROUGHENING, Std. & Spec. 1.60)
4. Tracking: Tracking with bulldozer cleats is most effective on sandy
soils. This practice often causes undue compaction of the soil sur-
face, especially in clayey soils, and does not aid plant growth as
effectively as other methods of surface roughening.
Seeding
Seed shall be evenly applied with a cyclone seeder, drill, cultipacker
seeder or hydroseeder. Small grains shall be planted no more than one
inch deep. Grasses and legumes shall be planted no more than 1/4 inch
deep.
Mulching
1. Seedings made in fall for winter cover shall be mulched according
• to MULCHING, Std. & Spec. 1.75, except that hydromulches (wood fiber)
will not be considered adequate.
2. At other times of the year, Seedings made on slopes in excess of
4:1, or on adverse soil conditions, or during excessively hot or
dry weather, shall be mulched according to MULCHING, Std. & Spec.
1.75.
3. Seedings made during optimum spring and summer seeding dates, with
favorable soil and site conditions, will not require mulch.
U
•
Re -seeding
Areas which fail to establish vegetative cover adequate to prevent rill
erosion will be re -seeded as soon as such areas are identified.
III-213
Table 1.65a
TEMPORARY SEEDING PLANT MATERIALS, SEEDING RATES AND DATES
SEEDING RATE
NORTHa '
SOUTHb
SPECIES
PLANT CHARACTERISTICS
Acre
1000 ft2
3-1
5-1
3-15
2-15
5-1
9-1
-
1
-
-
=-
1a_
OATS
3bu.
2 lbs.
x
-
-
x
-
-
Use spring oats.
(Avena sativa)
(100 1bs)
3 bu.
3 lbs.
x
-
x
x
-
x
Use for fall seedings, winter cover. Toler-
RYE
(Secale cereale)
(170 lbs)
ates cold and drought.
GERMAN MILLET
60 lbs.
1z lb.
-
x
-
-
x
-
Warm season annual. Dies at first frost.
(Setaria italica)
ANNUAL_ RYEGRASS
60 lbs.
Fj b.
x
-
x
x
-
x
Do not use where volunteers would be a
(Lolium multi-
problem later.
florum)
WEEPING LOVEGRASS
3 lbs.
1 oz.
-
x
-
-
x
-
Short lived perennial; 2-3 years. Tolerates
(Eragrostis
hot, dry slopes and acid, infertile soils.
curvula
KOREAN LESPEDEZAc
20 lbs.
2 lb.
x
x
-
x
x
-
Warm season annual legume. Tolerates acid
(Lespedeza
soil.
stipulacea)
CRIMSON CLOVER d
15 lbs.
6 oz.
-
-
x
-
-
x
Cool season annual legume; begins growth in
(Trifolium
fall and dies in late spring.
incarnatum)
a. Northern Piedmont and Mountain Region. See Plate 1.66a and 1.66b.
b. Southern Piedmont and Coastal Plain.
c. May be used as half the seeding rate of any spring seeding, with a grass or grain.
d. May be used as half the seeding rate of any fall seeding, with a grass or grain.
x May'be planted between these dates.
- May not be planted between these dates.
1.66
•
•
•
•m
STD & SPEC 1.66
PERMANENT SEEDING
The establishment of perennial vegetative cover on disturbed areas by
planting seed.
Purposes
1. To reduce erosion and decrease sediment yield from disturbed areas.
2. To permanently stabilize disturbed areas in a manner that is economi-
cal, adaptable to site conditions, and allows selection of the most
appropriate plant materials.
Conditions Where Practice Applies
1. Disturbed areas where permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed
to stabilize the soil.
2. Rough -graded areas which will not be brought to final grade for a
year or more.
III-215
•21
1.66
Planning Considerations
Vegetation controls erosion by reducing the velocity and the volume of •
overland flow and protecting the bare soil surface from raindrop impact.
Areas which must be stabilized after the land has been disturbed require
vegetative cover. The most common and economical means of establishing
this cover is by seeding grasses and legumes.
Advantages of seeding over other means of establishing plants include
the small initial establishment cost, the wide variety of grasses and
legumes avail-ble, low labor requirement, and ease of establishment in
difficult areas.
Disadvantages which must be dealt with are the potential for erosion
during the establishment stage, a need to reseed areas that fail to estab-
lish, limited periods during the year suitable for seeding, and a need
for water and appropriate climatic conditions during germination.
There are so many variables in plant growth that an end product cannot •
be guaranteed. Much can be done in the planning stages to increase the
chances for successful seeding. Selection of the right plant materials
for the site, good seedbed preparation, and conscientious maintenance
are important.
SELECTING PLANT MATERIALS: The factors affecting plant growth are cli-
mate, soils, and topography. In Virginia, there are three major physio-
graphic regions that reflect changes in soil and topography. In select-
ing appropriate plant materials, one should take into account the char-
acteristics of the physiographic region in which the project is located.
(See Plate 1.66a).
P YS1`0'A ."FIC REGIONS:
Coastal Plain --Soils on the coastal plain are deeply weathered, stra- •
tified deposits of sand and clay. They are generally acid and low
in plant nutrients. The sandy soils are hot and droughty in summer.
This region receives more rain and is warmer than the other regions
of the State. The land is fairly level and many areas are poorly
drained.
Piedmont --Soils on the Piedmont plateau are highly variable. They
tend to be shallow, with clayey subsoils. Piedmont soils are low
in phosphorus. Soils derived from mica schist are highly erodible.
Topography is rolling and hilly. The southern Piedmont has much
the same climate as the Coastal Plain.
Appalachian and Blue Ridge Region --This region is divided into pla-
teaus, mountains, and narrow valleys. Soils tend to be shallow and
acid, and may erode rapidly on steep slopes. Shaley slopes are often
unstable and droughty. This area is colder and drier than the rest
of the State. The rugged topography makes plant establishment difficult.
III-216
-o
a
rt
Appalachian Piedmcnt Coastal Plain
PHYSIOGRAPHIC PROVINCES OF VIRGINIA
J
rn
•il
1.66
SOILS: On the whole, soils in Virginia
(N) fertilization to establish plants.
W are usually needed. Except for some
stone soils, lime is universally needed.
always require some nitrogen
Phosphorus (P) and potassium
small pockets of shallow lime- .
Soils can be modified with lime and fertilizer, but climate cannot be
controlled. For this reason, the State has been divided into two major
climatic regions, referred to as the Northern Piedmont and Mountain Region
and the Southern Piedmont and Coastal Plain Region, for grass and legume
selection. (See map, Plate 1.66b)
Microclimate, or localized climate conditions, can affect plant growth.
A south -facing slope is drier and hotter than a north -facing slope, and
may require drought -tolerant plants. Shaded areas require shade -tolerant
plants; the windward side of a ridge will be drier than the leeward,
etc.
LAND USE: A prime consideration in selecting which plants to establish
is the intended use of the land. All of these uses --residential, indus-
trial, commercial, recreational --can be separated into two categories: •
High -maintenance and low -maintenance.
High -maintenance arE,:�7 :-_'_'1 be mowed frequently, limed and fertilized
regularly, and will either receive intense use (e.g., athletics) or re-
quire maintaining to an aesthetic standard (home lawns). Grasses used
for these situations must be fine -leaved and attractive in appearance,
able to form tight sod, and be long-lived perennials. They must be well -
adapted to the geographic area where they are planted, because constant
mowing puts turf under great stress. Sites where high -maintenance vege-
tative cover is desirable include homes, industrial parks, schools, churches,
and some recreational -areas.
Low -maintenance areas will be mowed infrequently or not at all; lime
and fertilizer may not be applied on a regular basis; the areas will
not be subjected to intense use, nor required to have a uniform appear-
ance. These plants must be able to persist with little maintenance over
long periods of time. Grass and legume mixtures are favored for these
sites because legumes are capable of fixing nitrogen from the air for
their own use, and the use of the plants around them. Such mixed stands
are better able to withstand adverse conditions. Sites that would be
suitable for low -maintenance vegetation include steep slopes, stream
or channel banks, some commercial properties, and "utility turf• areas
such as roadbanks.
SEEDBED PREPARATION - the soil on a disturbed site must be modified to
provide an optimum environment for seed germination and seedling growth.
The surface soil must be loose enough for water infiltration and root
penetration. The pH (acidity and alkalinity) of the soil must be such
that it is not toxic and nutrients are available, usually between pH
6.0-7.0. Sufficient nutrients --added as fertilizer --must be present.
After seed is in place, it must be protected with a mulch to hold mois-
ture and modify temperature extremes, and to prevent erosion while seed-
lings are growing.
•
9'
III-218
I
M
1.66
The af7( ;,:ion of lime is equally as important as applying fertilizer.
Lime is best known as a pH, or acidity, modifier, but it also supplies
calcium and magnesium which are plant nutrients. Its effect on pH makes
other nutrients more available to the plant. It can also prevent aluminum
toxicity by making aluminum less soluble in the soil. Many soils in
Virginia are high in aluminum, which stunts plant roots.
MAINTENANCE - Even with careful, well planned seeding operations, fail-
ures can occur. When it is clear that plants have not germinated on
an area or have died, these areas must be reseeded immediately to prevent
erosion damage. Healthy vegetation is the most effective erosion preventive
available.
Specifications
Selection of Plant Materials
1. Selection of plant materials is based on climate, topography, soils,
land use, and planting season. To determine which plant materials
are best adapted to a specific site, use Tables 1.66c and 1.66d,
which descritc plant characteristics and list recommended varieties.
2. Appropriate seeding mixtures for various site conditions in Virginia
are given in Tables 1.66a and 1.66b. These mixtures are designed
for general use, and are known to perform well on the sites described.
Adhere to these mixtures whenever feasible. Check Tables 1.66c and
1.66d for recommended varieties.
3. Virginia CropImprovement Association recommended turfgrass mixtures
may also be used. These will bear a label indicating that they are
approved by the Association. They are designed to be used in high -
maintenance turf areas.
MARYLAND - VIRGINIA
RECOMMENDED
VI.a—e
r C.or It
As&ocura
FINE TEXTURED TURF MIXTURE
This seed i. nrommended ►y Ike E■ieesien Di.risi.n.
a Maryland and Virginia and has boon p.ckag.d
v odor the svtoo"'isi.e of .e evih.ri.od insp.cl.r
of Iho YLgin7. G•► Iw*ravw.•nt A...ci.tion
t ar th. Maryland Departrn•M of Aaricvhvn. o lecanmonded Ar•. Is Sh.dod ... ..,.4 9 6 7 Q V
Seedbed Requirements
VIRGINIA - FAARYLAND
REC0MIIE11DE0
W -tv 0
7 e
TALL FESCUE TURFGRASS SEED
This seed Is reoommanded by the Extension Divisions
of Maryland and Virginia and has been packaged
under the Lv"rvision of an authorized inspector
of the VWronta Crop hT4waverment Aaartciatron
or the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
fiecornmerMed Area Is Shaded. \ / 9517
Vegetation should not be established on slopes that are unsuitable due
to inappropriate soil texture, poor internal structure or internal drain-
•
•
C
III-220
1980 1.66
age, volume of overland flow, or excessive steepness, until measures
have been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum
requirements as a growth medium. The existing soil must have these criteria:
1. enough fine-grained material to maintain adequate moisture and nutri-
ent supply.
2. sufficient pore space to permit root penetration. A bulk density
of 1.2 to 1.5 indicates that sufficient pore space is present. A
fine granular or crumb -like structure is also favorable.
3. sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth
to rock or impermeable layers such as hardpans shall be 12 inches
or more, except on slopes steeper than 2:1 where the addition of
soil is not feasible.
• 4. a favorable pH range for plant growth. If the soil is so acid that
a pH range of 6.0-7.0 cannot be attained by addition of pH -modifying
materials, then the soil is considered an unsuitable environment
for plant roots.
5. freedom from toxic amounts of materials harmful to plant growth.
6. freedom from excessive quantities of roots, branches, large stones,
large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods and stones may
be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria cannot be met, i.e., if the existing soil
is too coarse, dense, shallow, acid, or contaminated to foster vegetation,
then topsoil shall be applied in accordance with TOPSOI INU Std. & Spec.
1.61.
• Necessary mechanical erosion and sediment control practices will be in-
stalled prior to seeding. Grading will be carried out according to the
approved plan.
•
Surfaces will be roughened in accordance with SURFACE ROUGHENING, Std.
& Spec. 1.60.
Soil Conditioners
In order to modify the texture, structure, or drainage characteristics
of a soil, the following materials may be added to -the soil:
1. Peat shall be sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -sedge peat
or peat humus, from fresh -water sources. Peat shall be shredded
and conditioned in storage piles for at least six months after exca-
vation.
III-221
m
1.66
2. Sand shall be clean and free of toxic materials. •
3. Vermiculite shall be horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
4. Rotted manure shall be stable or cattle manure not containing undue
amounts of straw or other bedding materials or toxic chemicals.
5. Thoroughly Rotted sawdust shall have 6 lbs. of nitrogen added to
each cubic yard and shall be free of stones, sticks, and toxic sub-
stances.
6. Where local ordinances permit, treated sewage sludge may be used
in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations.
Lime and Fertilizer
Lime and fertilizer needs should be determined by soil tests. Soil tests
may be performed by the Cooperative Extension Service Soil Testing Labora- •
tory at VPI & SU, or by a reputable commercial laboratory. Information
concerning the State Soil Testing Laboratory is available from county
extension agents.
Under unusual conditions where it is not possible to obtain a soil test,
the following soil amendments will be applied:
LIME: Coastal Plain: 2 tons/acre pulverized agr #ultural
dolomite (90 lbs./1000 ft.`).
Piedmont and Appalachian Region: 3 tons/acre pulverized
agricultural limestone (140 lbs./1000
ft. )
FERTILIZER: Mixed grasses and legumes: 1200 lbs./acre 5-20-10 (25
lbs./1000 ft. ) •
Legume stands only: 1002 lbs./acre 5-20-10 (25 lbs./
1000 f t . )
Grass stands only: 1000 lbs./acre 5-20-10 and 300 jbs.
of 38-0-0 in spring (7 lbs/1000 ft. ).
1000 lbs./acre 10-20-10 and 300 Ps. of
38-0-0 in fall. (7 lbs./1000 ft. )
Other fertilizer formulations may be used, provided they
can supply the same amounts and proportions of plant
nutrients.
Incorporation - Lime and fertilizer shall be incorporated into the top
4-6 inches of the soil by discing or other means. When applying lime
and fertilizer with a hydroseeder, apply to a rough, loose surface.
III-222
1980
• Seeding
•
1.66
1. Certified seed will be used for all permanent seeding whenever possible.
Certified seed is inspected by the Virginia Crop Improvement Associa-
tion or the certifying agency in other states. The seed must meet
published state standards and bear an official "Certified Seed" label
(see Appendix 1.66A).
VIRGINIA CROP
IMPROVEMENT
ASSOCIATION
ILACKSEURA. VIRGINIA
MEMBER OF ASSOCIATION OF OFFICIAL SEED CERTIFYING AGENCIES
2. Legume seed - Legume seed should be inoculated with the inoculant
appropriate to the species. Seed of lespedezas, crown vetch, and
clovers should be scarified to promote uniform germination.
3. Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drill, cultipacker seed-
er, or hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed. Maximum seeding depth
• should be 1/4 inch.
4. Hydroseeding - To avoid seed damage, it is recommended that if a
machinery breakdown of 30 minutes to 2 hours occurs, 50% more seed
be added to the tank, based on the proportion of the slurry remaining
in the tank. Beyond 2 hours, a full rate of new seed may be necessary.
•
Often hydroseeding contractors prefer not to apply lime in their
rigs as it is abrasive. In inaccessible areas, lime may have to
be applied in pelletized or liquid form, separately. Rates of wood
fiber should be at least 2000 lbs. per acre. Surface roughening
is particularly important when hydroseeding, as a roughened slope
will provide some natural coverage of lime, fertilizer and seed.
Legume inoculants should be applied at four times the recommended
rate when inoculant is included in the hydroseeder slurry.
III-223
M
1.66
Mulching
All permanent seeding must be mulched immediately upon completion of •
seed application. Refer to MULCHING, Std. & Spec. 1.75.
Maintenance of New Seedinqs
Irrigation: New seedings should be supplied with adequate moisture.
Supply water as needed, especially late in the season, in abnormally
hot or dry weather, or on adverse sites. Water application rates should
be controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate amounts of water may be
more harmful than no water.
Re -seeding: Inspect seeded areas for failure and make necessary repairs
and reseedings within the same season, if possible.
1. If vegetative cover is inadequate to prevent rill erosion, over -
seed and fertilize in accordance with soil test results.
2. If a stand has less than 40% cover, re-evaluate choice of plant .
materials and quantities of lime and fertilizer. Re-establish
the stand following seedbed preparation and seeding recommenda-
tions, omitting lime and fertilizer in the absence of soil test
results. NOTE: if vegetation has failed to grow, soil n,jst be
tested to determine if acidity or nutrient imbalances are re-
sponsible.
Fertilization: Seedlings should be fertilized one year after planting
to insure proper stand density.
1. To established al�-grass stands, apply 500 lbs./acre of 10-20-10
(12 lbs./1000 ft. ) between August 15 and November 15. (The first
fall following seeding)
2. To legume -and -grass stands or2 pure legume stands, apply 500 lbs./acre
of 0-20-20 (12 lbs./1000 ft. ) in early May or between August 15
- October 15.
GENERALLY, A STAND OF VEGETATION CANNOT BE DETERMINED TO BE FULLY ESTAB-
LISHED UNTIL SOIL COVER HAS BEEN MAINTAINED FOR ONE FULL YEAR FROM PLANT-
ING. DISTURBED AREAS WHICH ARE TO BE STABILIZED WITH PERMANENT VEGETA-
TION MUST BE SEEDED OR PLANTED WITHIN 15 DAYS AFTER FINAL GRADE IS REACHED
UNLESS TEMPORARY STABILIZATION IS APPLIED.
III-224
N
N
Ln
• r • 0.
Table I.66a
SEEDING MIXTURES, RATES ,AND DATES: NORTHERN PIEDMONT AND MOUNTAIN REGION
RATES
DATES
SITE
PER
1000
TO
TO
TO
CONDITIONS
SEEDING MIXTURES
ACRE
FT.2
5/1
8/15
10/1
1. Kentucky bluegrass -a blend of 4 or more varieties --- 100%
HIGH
(No variety shall be more than 30% of total mixture.)
MAINTENANCE
NOTE: Up to 50% of the mixture may be red fescue, where
140
3
LA14NS
lawns are shaded.
lbs
lbs
X
no
X
2. Tall fescue - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Kentucky bluegrass (Kenblue or So. Dakota Cert.)- - 10%
200
lbs
6
MOTE: May also be used on low maintenance lawns.
lbs
X
no
X
7757 lie s c u e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b U-,,
LOW
Ladino clover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- 10%
MAINTENANCE
Red clover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- 10%
GENERAL
Korean lespedeza - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15%
80
2
(a,b)
USE
Annual ryegrass------------ - - - - -- 15%
lbs
lbs
X
X
X
4.Tall fescue=- - - - - - - - - - - = -- - - - - -- ,'o
Seri cea lespedeza - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30%
Annual ryegrass------------ - - - - -- 15/
70
1-2
(a )
Redtop - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5%
lbs
lbs
X
X
X
----
5:Crown ve chi —- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - o
SLOPES
Perennial ryegrass - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 40%
40
1
Red top - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - 10%
lbs
lbs
X
no
X
6. Flat pea --------------- - - - - - -
_
'Tall fescue - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- 50%
lbs
lbs
X
no
X
— — . TaTI-escue-- - - -_--------- -- - - -- %
DROUGHTY Reed canarygrass - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20% 80 2
AREAS _Annual ryegrass------------ - - - - -- 15% lbs lbs X no X
8. Tall fescue - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Seri cea lespedeza - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30% 70 112 (a)
Redto---------------- - - - - -- 10° lbs lbs X X X
a. After May 15, use 1.0 lbs./A german millet or 2 s. weeping lovegrass in place ot annual ryegrass or re o
b. After May 15, omit Korean lespedeza and increase red clover to 20% of mixture
rn
rn
Table 1.66b
cFFnTHn MTXTIIRFC_ RATFS AND DATES: SOUTHERN PIEDMONT AND COASTAL PLAIN
SITE
CONDITIONS
SEEDING MIXTJRES
PER
PER
10002
3/1
to
4/15
to
8/1
to
HIGH
MAINTENANCE
1. Tall fescue ------------------------- 90%
1 0%
250
lbs
6
lbs
X
no
X
LAWNS
Kentucky bluegrass-------------------
2. Tall fescue-------------------------- 50%
Ladino clover------------------------ 10%
LOW
Red clover--------------------------- 10%
ka,b)
MAINTENANCE
Korean Lespedeza--------------------- 15%
15%
lb0
lbs
X
X
X
GENERAL
Annual ryegrass----------------------
USE
---
3. Tall fescue-------------------------- 50%
70
12
(a)
�
Sericea lespedeza-------------------- 30%
lbs
lbs
X
X
I X
Annual ryegrass---------------------- 20%
4. Tall fescue-------------------------- 50%
I
DROUGHTY
AREAS
Sericea lespedeza-------------------- 20%
80
2
� a,b)
SANDY
Korean lespedeza--------------------- 15%
15%
lbs
lbs
X
X
X
SOILS
Annual ryegrass----------------------
°
Tal escue-------------------------- °
POORLY
Korean lespedeza--------------------- 20%
80
2
(a,b)
DRAINED
Annual ryegrass---------------------- 10%
°
5/
lbs
lbs
X
X
X
AREAS
Redtop-------------------------------
a. After May 1, use 10 lb/A german millet or 2 lb/A weeping lovegrass in place of annual ryegrass.
b. After May 1, Korean lespedeza will not reseed itself. You may increase the amount of other legumes
accordingly.
01
re 0
E
N
O
C
-S
n
C
cu
N
E
c�
c-�
N
N
V
Table 1.66c
CHARACTERISTICS OF GRASSES APPROPRIATE FOR EROSION CONTROL
Ln
W
K
Ln
V)
z_ >
O Q
"
J
o
2'
a
o
z
MAINTENANCE
ON
a
COMMON NAME
'"
U
Z
�
O
�¢�--.'7'_'
�
d
=
J
z
`-"
`"
J
J z
¢
Cr
REQUIREMENTS
REMARKS
� �-• � z
W w o •—
(BOTANICAL NAME)
W
O
V)
W
I
S
U
�- W
�E
O
0
W
3 Q
---
Q
W 2'
c O
d'
O Q
W
- �
Ln '-" W U'
c3<
U_
a
W
o
O
z
W -
�
o
M000�
C)
Ln n
O
Vi
V)
ca
��-
o
eeds fertile soil, fav-
6.0-
rable moisture, and
Suitable for fine turf. Poor
any
KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS
X
X
X
X
liberal phosphorus.
drought and heat tolerance.
arieties
Poa raten_se
P
C
X
10-28
7.0
Best when used with bluegrass, as
•an attan
209,, or less of mixture. Quick
-itation
PERENNIAL RYEGRNSS
5.5-
7.5
X
X
X
X
imilar to bluegrass.
erminaetion•Includin
ennfine
Lolium erenne
P
C
X
5-14
o not fertilize heavily
ine ur a e an
drought tolerant. Persists best
ennlawn
RED FESCUE
4.5-
X
X
pith nitronen.
in cool environments.
Jamestown
Festucca rubra
P
C
X
7-21
6.5
X
X
o not mow closely or
Ta coarse;a apte to wet so. s,
Io
5.0-
REED CANARYGRASS
X
X
X
X
X
X
ften
waterways, and peat soils.
entuc y
Phalaris arundinacea
P
C
X
5-21
7.5
_
low often to prevent
Widely adapted. Tolerates drought;
TALL FESCUE
5.5-
X
X
X
unchftess•
infertility, moderate shade.
31
festuca arundinacea
P
C
X
5-14
3.0
Warm season temporary or com-
to flamed
GERMAN MILLET
4.5-
X
X
o ne` use in fine turf.
Jarieties
Setaria italics
A
!1
X
4-14
7.0
Cooloseasonstemporary or compan-
ion grass. Cannot tolerate temp -
erature extremes or drought.
Jo Named
ANNUAL RYEGRASS
5.5-
X
X
o not: us' in fine turf.
lnatemporarynor
arieties
Lolium multiflorum
A
C
X
5-14
7.5
TXX
CoolSome�Jlseasoat
compan-
OATS
A
C
X
5-10
5.5
7.0
o nol: us' in fine turf.
ion grass. Use s rin oats.4da
Avena sativa
Cool season companion grass.
ed to very acid, infertile s
REDTOP
4.0-
X
X
X
o not: use in fine turf.
Coo an bseason e used oeinporary�orecomep pess
A rostis albs
P
C
X
5-10
7.5
X
grass, best used in late fal
RYE
Secale cereale
A
C
X
4-7
5.5
7.0
X
X
X
X
f
low yearly to encourage
arm season temporary or com
grass. Tolerates acid,inferdLIX
4.5-
WEEPING LOVEGRASS
n
s ils stee drou ht slo eses
warm
-season plant, grows in
summer
A -annual
o_ erennial
-
_,-_. .,
cnrinn And fall
-V" l,-0001-Sei5Ui1 UianL, 14 vn�
P� hort lived nPr nn_-�1a',tc 3 4 years -
M
rn
Un
0
c
n
N
N
co
Table 1.66d
CHARACTERISTICS OF LEGUMES APPROPRIATE FOR EROSION CONTROL
i
DRAINAGE
TOLERANCE
w
O
1
J
M
COMMON NAME
J
r Ln
Ln
�r-
J
Wo
2
0 o
MAINTENANCE
w Q
� `"
(Botanical Name)
LJ
z
C.o
z r
x
_;
3 w
z
a w
z
;-
Y
REQUIREMENTS
REMARKS
�+ �-
w w
co co
w
w
¢
w
�
wz
x
C:,o¢oaogQ
=
w
OKO
C':
C. a=
J
V1
L7 .-.
C.
0
3
f 0
0
2
Vl } w?
Single plants, 10-18 inches tall; long
Kenstar
Needs high phosphorus and
tap roots. Useful with tall fescue in
Chesapeake
RED CLOVER
6.0-
potassium. Do not mow
low -maintenance stands. Will reseed
Kenland
(Trifolium pratense)
sP
C
7-21
7.0
X
X
X
frequently.
itself.
Pennscott
Tillman
WHITE CLOVER
6.0-
Needs favorable moisture,
Prostrate plants spread by stolons.
Common
(Trifolium repens)
P
C
7-21
7.5
X
X
high fertility, high pH.
Cannot persist with tall plants.
White Dutct;
Needs high lime or calcareous
- tall. Has spreading root stocks.
soil, high phosphorus. Will
Tolerates acid to pH 5.0 when soil has
not persist under frequent
high lime content. Deep rooted, somewhat
Chemung
CROWN VETCH
5.5
mowing. Will not tolerate
shade tolerant. Useful on steep slopes
Penngift
(Coronilla varia)
P
C
14-21
8.3
X
X
X
wet soil.
and rocky areas.
Emerald
Prostrate, spreading plants 77 T.to
Adapted to drought, low fertility,
FLATPEA
Needs lime and high
partial shade, cold winters. Chokes out
(Lathyrus
5.0-
phosphorus. Do not mow
woody vegetation.
Lathco
silvestrus)
P
C
14-28
7.0
X
X
I X
X
X
closely.
ANNUAL LESPEDEZAS
Companion legume for warm seasons. Acid
(Lespedeza striata,
5.0-
IX
tolerant. Short tap roots. Will reseed
L. sti ulacea
A
W
5-14
7.0
X
X
X
X
Do not mow closely.itself.
Kobe
Very deep rooted. Drought tolerant.
SERICEA LESPEDEZA
Useful on infertile slopes. Does not
Serala
(Lespedeza cuneata)
5.0-
Will not persist under
persist in coastal plain.
Interstate
X
X
frequent mowing.
P-perennial , W-warm season plant, grows in summer
A -annual C-cool season plant, grows in spring and fall
sP-short-lived perennial, lasts 3-4 years
NOTE: Seed f all legumes must be inoculated with the correct strain of bacteria.
R.
0
•
1980 1.66
APPENDIX 1.66A
• Seed Quality Criteria
Where certified seed is not available, the minimum requirements for grass
and legume seed used in vegetative establishment are as follows:
a. All seed shall be labeled to show that it meets the requirements
of the State Seed Law.
b. All seed shall be subject to re -testing by a recognized seed labora-
tory.
c. All seed used shall have been tested within the six (6) months immedi-
ately preceding the date of sowing.
d. Inoculant - The inoculant for treating legume seed in the seed mix-
tures shall be a pure culture of nitrogen -fixing bacteria prepared
• for the species. Inoculants shall not be used later than the date
indicated on the container. Twice the supplier's recommended rate
of inoculant will be used on dry seedings; four times the recommended
rate if hydroseeded.
e. The quality of the seed used shall be sown on the bag tags to con-
form to the guidelines in the following table:
Table 1.66e
QUALITY OF SEED*
Minimum Minimum
Seed Purity Germination
LEGUMES % %
Crownvetch 95 65
• Lespedeza, Korean 97 85
Lespedeza, Sericea 98 85
GRASSES
Bluegrass, Kentucky 80 85
Fescue, Red 97 80
Fescue, Tall (Ky-31) 97 85
Redtop 90 85
Reed Canarygrass 96 80
Ryegrass 98 85
Weeping Lovegrass 95 87
OTHER ANNUALS
German Millet 99 80
Oats 98 80
• Rye 98 85
*Seed containing prohibited or restricted noxious weeds should not
be accepted.
III-229
'1
1
1980 ` 1.66
Seed should not contain in excess of 0.5% weed seed. •
To calculate percent pure live seed, multiply germination times purity
and divide by 100.
Example: Ky-31 Tall Fescue with a germination of 85 percent and a purity
of 97 percent. 97 x 85 = 8245. 8245 = 100 = 82.45 percent pure live
seed.
•
•
•
III-230
•
n
LJ
C]
•
1980 4
STD & SPEC 1.67
SODDING
1.67
Stabilizing fine -graded disturbed areas by establishing permanent grass
stands with sod.
Purposes
1. To establish permanent turf immediately.
2. To prevent erosion and damage from sediment and runoff by stabilizing
the soil surface.
3. To reduce the production of dust and mud associated with bare soil
surfaces.
4. To stabilize drainageways where concentrated overland flow will occur.
Conditions Where Practice Applies
1. Disturbed areas which require immediate vegetative covers, or where
sodding is preferred to other means of grass establishment.
wlia
III-231
M
1.67
2. Locations particularly suited to stabilization with sod are:
-waterways carrying intermittent flow •
-area around drop inlets in grassed swales
-residential or commercial lawns where quick use or aesthetics are
factors.
Planning Considerations
The successful establishment of quality turfgrass is difficult in Virginia.
Extremes in temperature and moisture availability create severe stresses
on both cool and warm seasc-= grasses. The selection of appropriate turf -
establishment methods requires a great deal of forethought.
A quality turf containing the recommended mixtures and species can be
established with either seed or sod. Soil preparation for the two methods
is the same.
The advantages of properly installed sod include:
1. immediate erosion control
2. an instant green surface with no dust or mud
3. nearly year-round establishment capability
4. less chance of failure than with seed
5. freedom from weeds
6. quick use of the sodded surface
7. the option of buying a quality -controlled product with predict-
able results.
•
It is initially more costly to install sod than to seed. However, this •
cost is justified in places where sod can perform better than seed in
controlling erosion.
In swales and waterways where concentrated flow will occur, properly
pegged sod is preferable to seed because there is no lag time between
installation and the time when the channel is protected by vegetation.
Drop inlets which will be placed in grassed areas can be kept free of
mulch, seed, and mud, and the grade immediately around the inlet can
be maintained, by framing the inlet with sod strips.
Sod can be laid during times of the year when seeded grass may fail,
so long as there is adequate water available for irrigation in the early
weeks.
Ground preparation and proper maintenance are as important with sod as
with seed. Sod is composed of living plants and those plants must re-
III-232
1980 1.67
• ceive adequate care in order to provide vegetative stabilization on a
disturbed area.
Specifications
Soil Preparation
1. Prior to soil preparation, areas to be sodded shall be brought to
final grade in accordance with the approved plan.
2. Soil tests should be made to determine the exact requirements for
lime and fertilizer. Soil tests may be conducted by the State Lab-
oratory at VPI & SU or a reputable commercial laboratory. Informa-
tion on free state soil tests is available from county or city agri-
cultural extension agents.
• Under difficult circumstances where it is not possible to obtain
a soil test, the following soil amendments shall be made:
Pulverized agricultural limestone at 100 lbs./1000 ft.2 (2 tons/acre).
• NOTE: Only carbonage forms of lime may be used. Dolomitic lime-
stone shall be used on the Coastal Plain.
Fertilizer at 25 lbs./1000 q .2 (1000 lbs./acre) of 10-10-10
in fall, or 25 lbs./1000 ft. of 5-10-10 in spring. NOTE: Equiva-
lent nutrients may be applied with other fertilizer formulations.
These amendments shall be spread evenly over the area to be sodded,
and incorporated into the top 3-6 inches of the soil by discing,
harrowing or other acceptable means.
3. Prior to laying sod, the soil surface shall be clear of trash, debris,
• roots, branches, stones and clods in excess of 2 inches in length
or diameter. Sod shall not be applied to gravel or other non -soil
surfaces.
4. Any irregularities in the soil surface resulting from topsoiling
or other operations shall be filled or leveled in order to prevent
the formation of depressions or water pockets.
5. Areas to be topsoiled and topsoil used shall fulfill the requirements
of TOPSOILING, Std. & Spec. 1.61. No sod shall be spread on soil
which has been treated with soil sterilants until enough time has
elapsed to permit dissipation of toxic materials.
•
III-233
•:o
1.67
Quality of Sod
1. Sod used shall be state -certified or state -approved. Certified turf -
grass sod is grown from Certified seed, inspected and certi'iea by
the Virginia Crop Improvement Association or the certifying agency
in other states. This insures genetic purity, high quality, freedom
from noxious weeds and excessive insect or disease problems. The
sod must meet published state standards and bear an official blue
"Certified Turf" label on the bill of lading.
VIRGINIA CROP Mnaes+ncow
IMPROVEMENT O
A S. S O C I A T 1 0 N
BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA GROWN M VIRGINIA
Certified Turf
The turf accompanying this invoice is represented by the producer
to be a part of the lot that has been officially field inspected and
has met the requirements for "Certified Turf" under the rules
and regulations of the Virginia Crop Improvement Association.
No. 6558
2. Approved turfgrass sod is inspected and approved by the
Crop improvement Association or the certifying agency in
It does not meet the quality standards of Certified Turf
contain the same varieties recommended in the Certified
The sod must meet published state standards and bear an
green "Approved Turf" label on the bill of lading.
VIRGINIA CROP v11Gm cRc*
IMPROVEMENT
IMPROVEMENT AssocimloN � O
ASSOCIATION
BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA GROWN N VIRGINIA
APPROVED TURF
The sod accompanying this invoice is represented
by the producer to be a part of the lot that has
been officially field inspected and has met the
requirements for Approved Turf under the rules
and regulations of the Virginia Crop Improvement
Association. 1116
Virginia
other states.
but does
program.
official
•
•
III-234
1980 1.67
• 3. Sod shall be machine cut at a uniform soil thickness of 3/4 inch,
plus or minus 1/4 inch, ag the time of cutting. This thickness shall
exclude shoot growth and thatch.
4. Pieces of sod shall be cut to the supplier's standard width and length,
with a maximum allowable deviation in any dimension of 5%. Torn
or uneven pads will not be acceptable.
5. Standard size sections of sod shall be strong enough to support their
own weight and retain theri size and shape when suspended from a
firm grasp on one end of the section.
6. Sod shall not be cut or laid in excessively wet or dry weather.
7. Sod shall be harvested, delivered, and installed within a period
of 36 hours.
• Choosing Appropriate Types of Sod
The type of sod used must be composed of plants adapted to the locality.
Use Table 1.67a to select the type of sod best suited to your area.
Sod Installation (Plate 1.67a)
1. Sod should not be laid on soil surfaces that are frozen.
2.
During periods of high temperature, the soil shall be lightly irri-
gated immediately prior to laying the sod, to cool the soil and re-
duce root burning and dieback.
3.
The first row of sod shall be laid in a straight line with subsequent
rows placed parallel to and butting tightly against each other.
Lateral joints shall be staggered to promote more uniform growth
and strength. Care shall be exercised to insure that sod is not
•
stretched or overlapped and that all joints are butted tight in order
to prevent voids which would cause drying of the roots.
4.
On slopes 3:1 or greater, or wherever erosion may be a problem, sod
shall be laid with staggered joints and secured by pegging or other
approved methods. Sod shall be installed with the length perpendicu-
lar to the slope (on the contour).
5.
As sodding of clearly defined areas is completed, sod shall be rolled
or tamped to provide firm contact between roots and soil.
6.
After rolling, sod shall be irrigated to a depth sufficient that
the underside of the sod pad and the soil 4 inches below the sod
is thoroughly wet.
7.
During the first week, in the absence of adequate rainfall, watering
shall be performed as often as necessary to maintain moist soil to
•
a depth of at least 4 inches.
III-235
I
':/
1.67
8. The first mowing shall not be attempted until the sod is firmly rooted, •
usually 2-3 weeks. Not more than 1/3 of the grass leaf shall be
removed at any one cutting.
Table 1.67a
TYPES OF SOD AVAILABLE IN VIRGINIA AND RECOMMENDED USES
1 Kentucky Bluegrass Varieties: Adel phi , Merion, Kenblue, South
Dakota Certified, Baron, Birka, Fylking,
Plush, Sydsport, Victa.
Note: A blend of varieties should always
be used in Kentucky Bluegrass sod.
May contain up to 201 Pennlawn creeping
red fescue.
Tall Fescue
Varieties: Kentucky 31
Note: May contain up to 10/0 Kenblue or
South Dakota Certified Kentucky Bluegrass.
i
i
Bermudagrass
Varieties: Midiron, Tufcote, Tifgreen, i
Tifway. I
WHERE SOD TYPES MAY BE USED
Kentucky Bluegrass
Adapted to the Northern Piedmont and
Mountain Regions.
Tall Fescue
I
Adapted throughout Virginia.
Bermudagrass
Tufcote is adapted to the Richmond -
Danville -Newport News triangle.
Midiron may be used east of Roanoke and
south of Charlottesville.
Tifgreen and Tifway may be used to the
east and south of Richmond.
Note: Common bermudagrass should not be
used, as it often winterkills, is aggres-
sive, and can become a nuisance.
Source: va Swuu
Ll
Y •
•
III-236
Mews
1.67
•
•
SODDING
r4e� �..lYa1.�46i
Butting - angled ends
rrec caused by the auto-
AMEM matic sod cutter must
Incorrect be matched correctly.
PR
ROLL sod immediately
to achieve firm
contact with the soil.
E
Source: Va SWCC
•
Lay sod in a staggered
pattern. Butt the
strips tightly against
each other. Do not
leave spaces and do not
overlap. A sharpened
mason's trowel is a
handy tool for tucking
down the ends and
trimming pieces.
WATER
to
a depth
of 4"
as
needed.
Water
well
as soon
as the
sod is laid.
APPEARANCE OF GOOD SOD
HOW when the sod is
established - in
2-3 weeks. Set the
mower high (2"-3").
Shoots or grass blades.
Grass should be green and
healthy, mowed at a 2"-3"
cutting height.
Thatch - grass clippings and
dead leaves, up to 1/2" thick.
Root Zone - soil and roots.
Should be 1/2"-3/4" thick, with
dense root mat for strength.
Plate 1.67a
III-237
•:R
1.67
Sodded Waterways
1. Care should be taken to prepare the soil adequately in accordance •
with this specification. The sod type shall consist of plant materials
able to withstand the designed velocity. (See STORMWATER CONVEYANCE
CHANNELS, Std. & Spec. 1.35).
2. Sod strips in waterways shall be laid perpendicular to the direction
of flow. Care should be taken to butt ends of strips tightly.
3. After rolling or tamping, sod shall be pegged or stapled to resist
washout during the establishment period. Chicken wire, jute or other
netting may be pegged over the sod for extra protection in critical
areas.
4. All other specifications for this practice shall be adhered to when
sodding a waterway.
SODDED WATERWAYS
Flow
Lay sod across the
direction of flow.
Use pegs or staples to fasten sod 6"-10"
firmly - at the ends of strips and
in the center, or every 3-4 feet if
the strips are long. When ready to---•-- _.,._�.�...�.�-_..-�
mow, drive pegs or staples flush f Peg or
with the ground. {.� _ Staple ,
Source: Va SWCC
secure sod with
chicken wire or
netting.Use staples.
Plate 1.67b
•
KI
III-238
•
1980
Maintenance of Established Sod
1.67
1. After the first week, sod shall be watered as necessary to maintain
adequate moisture in the root zone and prevent dormancy of sod.
2. No more than 1/3 of the shoot (grass leaf) should be removed in any
mowing. Grass height should be maintained between 2 and 3 inches
unless otherwise specified.
3. After the first growing season, established sod will require fertili-
zation and may require lime. Follow soil test recommendatic^.s when
possible, or use the rates indicated below.
Table 1.67b
MAINTENANCE FERTILIZATION OF ESTABLISHED SOD WITH 20-10-10
• (Equivalent amounts of nutrients may be applied with other formulations).
i Grasses Ky-31 Tall Fescue Kentucky Bluegrass Bermudagrass
lb/A lb/1000ft2 lb/A lb/1000ft2 lb/A lb/1000ft
September 250 6 250 6 -- --
October 250 6 250 6 -- --
December 250 6 250 6 -- --
May -- -- -- -- 200 5
June 85 a 2 85 a 2 -- --
• I July -- -- -- -- 200 5
August -- -- -- -- 200 5
a Only if there is an obvious need for fertilizer at this time.
Source: Va SWCC
is
III-239
1980 1.68
STD & SPEC 1.68
BERMUDAGRASS ESTABLISHMENT
BE BE
n r;.,;+;.,.,
The establishment of vegetative cover with hybrid bermudagrass by plant-
ing sprigs, stolons, or plugs.
Purposes
1. To reduce erosion and decrease sediment yield from disturbed areas.
• 2. To stabilize disturbed areas with a specific plant material suited
to the site which cannot be established by seed.
3. To establish vegetative cover more rapidly than would be possible
using seed.
Conditions Where Practice Applies
1. In hybrid bermudagrass is the desired plant material,
and establishment with sod is not preferred.
2. Bermudagrass is particularly suited to droughty, sandy sites or sit-
uations where high salt content is a problem. It should not be used
in shaded areas or on poorly drained sites.
1.. L
•
,..:�:��''� ,��.���.�� _. ,.tip �`:•�, ; a,� V
',a.x �� � � ��•-�..i.... -� to • ���.
IL
'.-_�-`Ii. '�yt �' j1'Ci'e era. 'M�"�(� .�� � i �• � A..•_
t.► :� ���:••trwµj v�i�rt:� •,J'{�I'S���ti �diY�t Z{',f�•e�•�.�„�
�' ��C�a��'�. �'il;:t��,': ��=. 'tip %: �",�� ��}-�•�;•,��
Y •rA v w - , 1 � •I �t•y.,y.,�v $d
JL ,* t,'a`:� ; � �4,i•r'��:•.��ll'r11,• �«e1Y+.dt i J. r
III-241
1980 1.68
3. Irrigation must be available during the establishment phase.
•
Planning Considerations
Bermudagrasses are warm -season permanent grasses which are well suited
to erosion control, as they have vigorous rhizomes and stolons (runners).
There are two types of bermudagrass grown in Virginia, common and hybrid.
Common bermudagrass produces seed and may be established with seed.
However, it has the potential to become a weed problem because it spreads
vigorously; it is also coarse and not suitable for fine turf. Common
bermuda has little cold tolerance and winterkills frequently
Hybrid bermudagrasses do not produce viable seed and must be established
by sodding, sprigging, or plugging. These grasses produce a fine, tight
turf, do not spread as vigorously as common bermudagrass, exhibit good
cold tolerance, and can withstand many adverse conditions. For these
reasons, hybrid bermudagrass is the warm -season permanent turf grass
of choice for Virginia. •
Turf may be established most rapidly and efficiently with sod. Where
speed is essential and cost is not an overriding constraint, sod should
be used. (See SODDING, Std. & Spec. 1.67).
Sprigging: A bermudagrass sprig is a small section of rhizome (under-
ground stem) 3 to 5 inches long, with at least one node or joint.
Leaves should be present at the nodes. Stolons (runners) are above-
ground stems that spread by creeping on the soil surface. A mixture
of sprigs and stolons is usually used in •sprigging". Sprigs may
be planted by machine or hand.
Plugging: Plugs are small sections of sod which are pressed into
precut holes in the soil so that topgrowth is flush to the surface
and leaves are exposed. Plugs are usually planted by hand.
Bermudagrass is particularly suited to use in grasslined waterways. •
Depending upon the soil type, an established stand of bermudagrass can
tolerate intermittent concentrated flows of water on slopes up to 10%.
It is important to divert runoff from the waterway during the first three
weeks of establishment to permit bermudagrass to take root. If this
cannot be done, the center of the waterway should be sodded to prevent
washout.
Bermudagrass is drought -tolerant, salt -tolerant, and tolerates floods
of short duration. It prefers a pH range from 6.0-7.0 with high nitrogen
fertilization during the growing season. Most bermudagrasses are adapted
only to Southeastern Virginia. All bermudagrasses will be dormant in
winter and will turn brown at that time.
•
III-242
•SI
The bermudagrass hybrids most frequently used in Virginia differ in appear-
ance, cold tolerance, and suitability for turf use. The following varieties
are suggested for rough and fine -turf areas:
For Rough Areas
Midland: A cold -hardy variety adapted in all areas of the state at medium
to low elevations. Adapted for forage production, this is a tall -growing
Bermuda (12-18 inches) and should be used in low -maintenance areas.
Coastal: .lso a forage type, for low -maintenance areas. Can be used
as far west and north as Chatham, Charlotte Courthouse, and Warsaw but
will winterkill during severe winters at those locations.
For Fine -turf Areas
Midiron: A fine -turf type. Has a good chance of surviving most winters
• as far west and north as Blacksburg and Charlottesville.
Tufcote: A fine -turf type. Less cold -hardy than Midiron; use mostly
south of Richmond.
Tifway: A fine -textured turf type. Good survival east and south of
Richmond in most years. Not as cold -hardy as Tufcote.
Specifications
Soil Preparation
Procedures for preparing the soil are the same for sprigging and plug-
ging.
1. Bermudagrass requires soil which is well drained, loose enough for
• root penetration, has a pH range between 6.0-7.0, and is free of
toxic amounts of materials harmful to plant growth. If any of these
criteria cannot be met, topsoil shall be applied in accordance with
TOPSOILING, Std. & Spec. 1.61.
2. Necessary erosion and sediment control practices will be installed
prior to establishment of bermudagrass. Final grading will be carried
out according to the approved plan.
3. Surfaces will be roughened in accordance with SURFACE ROUGHENING,
Std. & Spec. 1.60.
4. The soil shall be free of debris, trash, roots, and weeds.
Lime and Fertilizer
Soil tests should be made to determine the exact requirements for lime
• and fertilizer. Soil tests may be conducted by the State Laboratory
at VPI & SU or a reputable commercial laboratory. Information on free
state soil tests is available from county or city agricultural extension
agents.
III-243
•SI
Under difficult circumstances where it is not possible to obtain a soil
test, the following soil amendments shall be made: •
Pulverized a ricultural limestone: 100 lbs./1,000 ft.2 (2 tons/acre).
N Only carbonate' orms of may be used. Dolomotic limestone
sha 1 be used on the Coastal Plain.
Fertilizer: 500 lbs. 10-20-20/acre (12 lbs./1,000 ft. 2). NOTE:
Equiva ent nutrients may be applied with other fertilizer formulations.
These amendments shall be spread evenly over the area to be spriqged,
and incorporated into the top 3-6 inches of the soil by discing, harrow-
ing or other acceptable means.
Any irregularities in the soil surface resulting from topsoiling or other
operations shall be filled or leveled in order to prevent the formation
of water pockets.
Soil preparation, liming, and fertilizing should be completed before i
delivery of sprigs or sod is requested. This material is perishable
and should not remain on a pallet or in crates longer than 36 hours from
the time of dig;4 The presence of mildew or distinct yellowing of
the leaves is usually a good indication of damage to turf.
SPRIGGING AND PLUGGING
Sources
Sprigs can be purchased as sod and then shredded or can often be purchased
by the bushel. For turf -type bermudagrasses, Certified or Approved sod
sources (bearing the label of the Virginia Crop Improvement Association)
should be used. Coastal and Midland Bermudagrasses are available through
agricultural sources. Contact the county or city agricultural extension
agent or the Soil Conservation Service district office for information
on where these materials may be obtained. Plugs may be cut from sod •
as needed or purchased pre-cut.
Sprigs shall be 3 to 5 inches long, having several nodes (joints). Plugs
shall have a minimum diameter of 2 inches.
Quantities of Material Needed
Sprigging: 2-7 bushels per 1,000 ft.2, or 80-300 bus�els per acre.
One bushel of sprigs is approximately equal to 1 yard of sod.
Plugging: About 12 square yards of sod for 1,000 ft.2, or 530 square
yards of sod for one acre.
•
III-244
19 -
When -to Plant
To establish quickly, bermudagrass should not be in a dormant state (leaves
should be green). In order that plants may develop adequate root struc-
ture before cold weather begins, plantings should be made no later than
midsummer. May 1 through July 15 is the optimum season for bermudagrass
establishment.
How to Plant
SPRIGGING: Sprigs may be broadcast over the surface by hand, planted
in rows by machine, or applied with a hydroseeder. Machines are avail-
able which will insert sprigs properly and firm the soil over them.
When sprigs are broadcast or hydrosprigged, they should be partially
covered with soil by light discing or topdressing with good soil. Ideally,
half of the sprig should be covered with soil, and half (including some
leaves) should be exposed. Soil should be firmed over the sprigs by
• using a cultipacker, or by rolling or tamping. Spacing - When planted
in rows, sprigs should be placed no more than 12 inches apart in rows
12 to 18 inches apart. Closer spacing is recommended for slopes, water-
ways, and highly erodible soils.
PLUGGING: Plugs should be inserted in the soil surface so that leaf
tips are above the surrounding soil, and tamped firmly in place. Spacing
- Plugs should be placed in a grid pattern on 12-18 inch centers. Closer
spacing is recommended on critical areas. Plugs are usually placed by
hand, but machines are available which can plug automatically.
Weed Control
In order to become effectively established, bermudagrass must not have
to compete with weeds for sunlight, water, or space. Cultivating is
impractical as growing stolons may be injured.
Simazine, applied within one or two days after sprigs are planted, gives
excellent control of most broadleaf and grassy weeds. Use 1 4/2 to 2
lbs. active ingredient per acre. For control of broadleaf weeds only,
apply Dicamba (1/4 to 1/2 lbs. active ingredient/acre) and 2,4-D (1 lb.
active ingredient/acre). Use when weeds are 2-3 inches tall, but not
before grass is well -rooted.
Maintenance
Bermudagrass sprigs and plugs can be expected to root in 5 to 10 days
under optimum conditions. Full coverage of -the soil by spreading plants
can be effected in 4 to 8 weeks with good growing conditions.
The following are essential for good bermudagrass growth:
• 1. Adequate moisture. Wate
to keep soil moist to a
and as needed thereafter
r immediately after planting, and water enough
depth of 4 inches during the first 4 weeks
to sustain growth.
III-245
•:1
2. Sunlight. Do not permit mulches, other plantings, etc. to shade
new bermudagrass stands.
1.68
3. Freedom from erosive forces. Keep concentrated flows of water off
of new plantings for 2 weeks to one month.
Stands may be mowed when growth requires it. Coastal and Midland may
be left unmowed except for once -a -year trimming to 6 inches. Turf -type
bermudagrasses may be cut at 1 to 1-112 inches.
Fertilizer - Apply 33 lbs. per 1,000 ft.2 of 12-4-8 (or equivalent) be-
tween March 1 and April 15. Fertilizer must be that in which 50% or
more of the nitrogen is water -insoluble. Other fertilization programs
may be used with the approval of the local Plan Approving Authority.
9,
III-246
WE
1.75
•
•
•
•
STD & SPEC 1.75
MULCHING
Application of plant residues or other suitable materials to the soil
surface.
Purposes
1. To prevent erosion by protecting the soil surface from raindrop im-
pact and reducing the velocity of overland flow.
2. To foster the growth of vegetation by increasing available moisture
and providing insulation against extreme heat and cold.
Conditions Where Practice Applies
1. Areas which have been permanently seeded should be mulched immedi-
ately following seeding.
2. Areas wh4rh rannnt be seeded because of the season should be mulched
to provide some protection to the soil surface. An organic mulch
(not wood fiber alone) shall be used, and the area then seeded as
soon as feasible in spring.
III-247
1980 1.751
3. Mulch shall be used together with plantings of trees, shrubs, or
certain ground covers which do not provide adequate soil stabiliza-
tion by themselves.
4. Mulch shall be used in conjunction with temporary seeding operations
as specified in TEMPORARY SEEDING, Std. & Spec. 1.65.
Planning Considerations
Mulches are applied to the soil surface to conserve a desirable soil
property or to promote plant growth. A surface mulch is one of the m^st
effective means of controlling, runoff and erosion on disturbed land.
Mulches can increase the infiltration rate of the soil, reduce soil mois-
ture loss by evaporation, prevent crusting and sealing of the soil sur-
face, modify soil temperatures, and provide a suitable microclimate for
seed germination.
Organic mulch materials, such as straw, wood chips, bark, and wood fiber, •
have been found to be the most effective.
Chemical soil stabilizers or soil binders are less effective mulches
when used alone. T')ese m- terials are useful to bind organic mulches
together.
A variety of nets and mats have been developed for erosion control in
recent years, and these are also used as mulches, pa�i:i�uiaiiy in cri-
tical areas such as waterways. They may be used to hold other mulches
to the soil surface.
The choice of materials for mulching will be based on the type of soil
to be protected, site conditions, season, and economics. It is especially
important to mulch liberally in mid -summer and prior to winter, and on
cut slopes and southern slope exposures.
Organic Mulches 0
Straw - The mulch most commonly used in conjunction with seeding. The
straw should come from wheat or oats, and may be spread by hand or machine.
Straw can be windblown.and must be tacked down.
Corn Stalks - These should be shredded into 4- to 6-inch lengths. Stalks
decompose slowly and are resistant to windblow.
Wood Chips - Suitable -for areas that will not be closely mowed, and around
ornamental plantings. Chips decompose slowly, do not require tacking.
Must be treated with 12 pounds nitrogen per ton to prevent nutrient defi-
ciency in plants. Can be a very inexpensive mulch if chips are obtained
from trees cleared on the site.
Bark Chips, Shredded Bark - By-products of timber processing. Used in
landscaped plantings. Bark is also a suitable mulch for areas planted 110
III-24US
1980
1.75
to grasses and not closely mowed; may be applied by hand or mechanically.
• Bark is not usually toxic to grasses or legumes, and additional nitrogen
fertilizer is not required.
Wood Fiber - Used in hydroseeding operations, applied as part of the
slurry. These short cellulose fibers do not require tacking, although
tacking agent or soil binders are sometimes used with wood fiber. This
form of mulch does not provide sufficient protection to erodible soils
to be used alone during the severe heat of summer or for late fall seed-
ings. Wood fiber hydroseeder slurries may be used to tack straw mulch.
This combination treatment is well suited to steep slopes and critical
areas, and severe climate cor_.'it-ions.
There are other organic materials which make excellent mulches but are
only available locally or seasonally. Creative use of these materials
can reduce costs.
Chemical Mulches and Soil Binders
• A wide range of synthetic, spray -on materials are marketed to stabilize
and protect the soil surface. These are emulsions or dispersions of
vinyl compounds, asphalt, rubber or other substances which are mixed
with water and applied to the soil. They may be used alone or may be
used to tack wood fiber hydromulches or straw.
When used alone, chemical mulches do not have the capability to insulate
the soil or retain soil moisture that organic mulches have. This soil
protection is also damaged by traffic. Application of these mulches
is usually more expensive than organic mulching, and the mulches decom-
pose in 60-90 days.
Nets and Mats
Used alone, netting does not retain soil moisture or modify soil tempera-
ture. It stabilizes the soil surface while grasses are being established,
• and is useful in grassed waterways and on slopes. Light netting mail
also be used to hold other mulches in place.
•
The most critical aspect of installing nets and mats is obtaining firm,
continuous contact between the material and the soil. Without such con-
tact, the material is useless and erosion occurs. It is important to
use an adequate number of staples and to roll the material after laying
it to insure that the soil is protected.
Specifications
ORGANIC MULCHES
Organic mulches may be used in any area where mulch is required, subject
to the restrictions noted in Table 1.75a.
III-249
•:1
Table 1.75a
ORGANIC MULCH MATERIALS AND APPLICATTnN RATFS
1.75
MULCHES
RATES
NOTES
Per Acre
Per
1000 ft2
Free from weeds and coarse matter.
Straw
12 - 2 tons
70-90 lbs.
Must be anchored. Spread with mulch
blower or by hand.
Fibers 4 mm or longer. Do not use
Wood
1000-
25-50 lbs.
alone in winter or during hot, dry
Fiber
2000 lbs.
weather. Apply as slurry.
Cut or shredded in 4-6" lengths.
Corn
4-6 tons
185-
Air-dried. Do not use in fine turf
Stalks
275 lbs.
:+reas. Apply with mulch blower or
by hand.
Free of coarse matter. Air-dried.
Wood
4-6 tons
185-
Treat with 12 lbs. nitrogen per ton.
Chips
275 lbs.
Do not use in fine turf areas.
Apply with mulch blower, chip hand-
ler, or by hand.
Free of coarse matter. Air-dried.
Bark Chips
50-70
1-2
Do not use in fine turf areas.
Shredded
cu. yds.
cu. yds.
Apply with mulch blower, chip hand -
Bark
ler, or by hand.
source: va SwCc
9
•
III-250
'il
1.75
• Materials: Select mulch material based on site requirements, availability
oT materials, and availability of labor and equipment. Table 1.75a lists
the most commonly used organic mulches. Other materials, such as peanut
hulls and cotton burs, may be used with the permission of the local Plan
Approving Authority.
Prior to mulching: Complete the required grading and install needeo
sediment control practices.
Lime and fertilizer should be incorporated and surface roughening accom-
plished as needed. ^d should be applied prior to mulching except in
the following cases: a.) Where seed is to be applied as part of a hydro -
seeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch. b.) Where seed is to be ap-
plied following a straw mulch spread during winter months. c.) Where
a hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
Application: Mulch materials shall be spread uniformly, by hand or machine.
is When spreading straw mulch by hand, divide the area to be mulched into
approximately 1,000 sq. ft. sections and place 70-90 lbs. (1-1/2 to 2
bales) of straw in each section to facilitate uniform distribution.
Mulch Anchoring: Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spread-
ing to prevent windblow. Other organic mulches listed in Table 1.75a
do not require anchoring. The following methods of anchoring straw may
be used:
1. Mulch anchoring tool: This is a tractor -drawn implement designed
to punch mulch into the soil surface. This method provides maximum
erosion control with straw. It is limited to use on slopes no steeper
than 3:1, where equipment can operate safely. Machinery shall be
operated on the contour.
2. Liquid mulch binders: Application of liquid mulch binders and tacki-
40 should be heaviest at edges of areas and at crests of ridges
and banks, to prevent windblow. The remainder of the area should
have binder applied uniformly. Binders may be applied after mulch
is spread or may be sprayed into the mulch as it is being blown onto
the soil. Applying straw and binder together is the most effective
method.
The following types of binders may be used:
a. Asphalt --Any type of asphalt thin enough to be blown from spray
equipment is satisfactory. Recommended for use are rapid curing
(RC-70, RC-250, RC-800), medium curing (MC-250, MC-800) and emul-
sified asphalt (SS-1, CSS-1, CMS-2, MS-2, RS-1, RS-2, CRS-1,
and CRS-2).
Apply asphalt at 0.10 gallon per square yard (10 gal./1000 ft.2,
• 480 gal./acre). Do not use heavier applications as it may cause
the straw to "perch" over rills. All asphalt designations are
from the Asphalt Institute Specifications.
III-251
1980 1.75
b. Synthetic binders --Chemical binders such as Petroset, Terratack
and Aerospray may be used as recommended by the manufacturer •
to anchor mulch. These are expensive and therefore usually used
in small areas or in residential areas where asphalt may be a
problem. (Use of trade names does not constitute an endorsement
by the Commission).
3. Mulch nettings--Lightweight plastic, cotton, or paper nets may be
stapled over the mulch according to manufacturer's recommendations.
(See NETS AND MATS, below).
4. P--. and twine --Because it is labor-intensive, this method is feasible
on y in small areas where other methods cannot be used. Drive 8-
to 10-inch wooden pegs to within 3 inches of the soil surface, every
4 feet in all directions. Stakes may be driven before or after straw
is spread. Secure mulch by stretching twine between pegs in a criss-
cross -within -a -square pattern. Turn twine 2 or more times around
each peg.
CHEMICAL MULCHES . •
Chemical mulches may be used alone only in the following situations:
a. Where no other mulching material is available.
b. In conjunction with temporary seeding during the times when mulch
is not required for that practice.
c. From May 1 to June 15 and September 15 to October 15, provided
that they are used on areas with slopes no steeper than 4:1,
which have been roughened in accordance with SURFACE ROUGHENING,
Std. & Spec. 1.60. If rill erosion occurs, another mulch material
shall be applied immediately.
Note: Chemical mulches may be used to bind other mulches or with ,
wood fiber in a hydroseeded slurry at any time. Manufacturer's recom-
mendations for application of chemical mulches shall be followed.
NETS AND MATS
Nets may be used alone on level areas, on slopes no steeper than 3:1, -
and in waterways (as specified in STORMWATER CONVEYANCE CHANNELS, Std.
& Spec. 1.35).
When mulching is done in late fall or during June, July and August, or
where soil is highly erodible, net should only be used in conjunction
with an organic mulch such as straw.
When net and organic mulch are used together, the net should be installed
over the mulch except when the mulch is wood fiber. Wood fiber may be
sprayed on top of the installed net.
III-252
1980
1.75
Excelsior blankets are considered protective mulches and may be used
• alone on erodible soils and during all times of year.
Materials: Jute net shall be heavy, uniform cloth woven of single jute
yarn, which if 36 to 48 inches wide shall weigh an average of 1.2 pounds
per linear yard.
CJ
Other products designed to control erosion shall conform to manufacturer's
specification and shou d be app ied in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions provided those instructions are at least as stringent as
this specification. Examples of these products are Erosionet, Holdgro,
Weedchek, and Cur ex. (Use of trade names does not indicate endorsement
of products by the Commission.) In no case shall these products cover
less than 30% of the soil surface.
Staples will be made of plain iron wire, No. 8 gauge or heavier, and
will be 6 inches or more in length.
Prior to installation:
1. Shape and grade as required the waterway, channel, slope or other
area to be protected.
2. Remove all rocks, clods, or debris larger than 2 inches in diameter
that will prevent contact between the net and the soil surface.
3. When open -weave nets are used, lime, fertilizer and seed may be applied
either before or after laying the net. When excelsior matting is
used, they must be applied before the mat is laid.
Laying the Net: (Plates 1.75a and 1.75b)
1. Start laying net from top of channel or top of slope and unroll down-
grade.
• 2. Allow to lay loosely on soil --do not stretch.
3. To secure net: Upslope ends of net should be buried in a slot or
trench no less than 6 inches deep. Tamp earth firmly over net.
Staple the net every 12 inches across the top end.
•
Edges of net shall be stapled every 3 feet. Where 2 strips of net
are laid side by side, the adjacent edges shall,be overlapped 3 inches
and stapled together.
Staples shall be placed down the center of net strips at 3-foot intervals.
DO NOT STRETCH net when applying staples.
Joining strips: Insert new roll of net in trench, as with upslope ends
of net. Overlap the end of the previous roll 18 inches, turn under 6
inches, and staple across end of roll just below anchor slot and at the
end of the turned -under net every.12 inches.
III-253
IyIbu
Flow
INSTALLATION OF NETTING AND MATTING
Anchor Slot: Bury the up -channel end of the
net in a 6' deep trench. Tamp the soil
firmly. Staple at 12" intervals across the
net.
Overlap: Overlap edges of the
strips at least 4". Staple
every 3 feet down the center
of the strip. '
Joining Strips: Insert the new roll of net
in a trench, as with the Anchor Slot. Over-
lap the up -channel end of the previous roll
18" and turn the end under 6". Staple the
end of the previous roll just below the
anchor slot and at the end at 12" intervals.
Check Slots: On erodible soils or steep
slopes, check slots should be made every
15 feet. Insert a fold of the net into a
6" trench and tamp firmly. Staple at
12" intervals across the net. Lay the net
smoothly on the surface of the soil - do not
stretch the net, and do not allow wrinkles.
Anchoring Ends At Structures:
Place the end of the net in
a 6" slot on the up -channel
side of the structure. - _ —
Fill the trench and
tamp firmly. Roll the
net up the channel.
Place staples at 12"
intervals along the �7
anchor end of the net.
Source: Adapted from Conwed Products Brochure
Plate 1.75a
•
•
•
i
III-254
M
t
1.75
At bottom of slopes: Lead net out onto a level area before anchoring.
Turn ens under inches, and staple across end every 12 inches. •
Check slots: On highly erodible soils and on slopes steeper than 4:1,
erosion check slots should be made every 15 feet. Insert a fold of net
into a 6-inch trench and tamp firmly. Staple at 12-inch intervals across
the downstream portion of the net.
Rolling: After installation, stapling, and seeding, net should be rolled
to insure firm contact between net and soil.
MAintonanro
All mulches should be inspected periodically, in particular after rain-
storms, to check for rill erosion. Where erosion is observed, additional
mulch should be applied. Net should be inspected after rainstorms for
dislocation or failure. If washouts or breakage occur, re -install net
as necessary after repairing damage to the slope. Inspections should •
take place up until grasses are firmly established. Where mulch is used
in conjunction with ornamental plantings, inspect periodically throughout
the year to deter-- -c- if m0 rh is maintaining coverage of the soil sur-
face; repair as needed.
•
•
III-256
INDEX
ELECTRICAL
Paragraph No.
1
General
2
Scope of Work
3
Electric Service Characteristics
4
Service Entrance Conductors
5
Raceways
6
Conductors•
7
Grounding
8
Pull Boxes
9
Outlet Boxes
10
Switches
11
Switch and Receptacle Plates
12
Receptacles
13
Panelboards
14
Motors
15
16
Combination Circuit Breaker Motor Starters
Branch Circuits
17
Motor Control Centers
18
Lighting Fixtures
19
Final Tests
20
Interference and Erroneous Locations
21
Pump Control Panels
Page No.
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
•
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IX
ELECTRICAL
1. GENERAL
The electrical work shall include the furnishing and installing of all
Power and lighting circuits, all magnetic starters, push button stations, pump
controllers, panelboards and switchgear with the exception of those items
which are mounted on and are a part of the equipment as herein specified or as
shown on the plans and as is necessary and incidental to the proper operation
of all electrical equipment described in this project. Omission of a specific
electrical item obviously necessary for proper functioning of equipment shall
not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing the item as a
part of the work. The primary power supply will be furnished by others. The
Contractor will be responsible for and shall pay for any permits or for any
inspections required.
All materials shall be new and without defect and of the best quality.
All material furnished and all work done shall be in strict accordance with
current regulations of the National Electrical Code, Standard of the National
Board of Fire Underwriters for electric wiring and apparatus and with all the
local requirements or codes. All work shall be skillfully done by competent
electricians.
2. SCOPE OF WORK
The work under this section comprises furnishing of all labor and material
necessary for the complete installation of all items indicated in the plans or
specifications or as may be reasonably inferred as necessary for the job from
the plans and specifications.
3. ELECTRIC SERVICE CI-iARACTERISTICS
Electric service characteristics shall be as shown on the drawings, and
shall be verified by the Contractor prior to construction.
4. SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS
a. Building Services
Building services shall be run overhead or underground as shorn on
the drawings. Overhead services shall terminate at a weatherhead attached to
the structure or to a mast as indicated. Underground services shall be run to
a weatherhead on the utility pole designed by the utility. Where structures
are located underground, the Contractor shall set a pole for the overhead
service and run underground from this pole to the structure.
IX- 1
b. Application for Power
The Contractor shall make application to the utility company
for power and shall pay all deposits, fees, and all service charges until
such time as the facility is accepted by the Owner. When final acceptance
is made, the Contractor shall transfer the service into the name of the
Owner and shall be reimbursed for the deposit on the final estimate.
C. Temporary Service
. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor and materials
required to supply current required by the subcontractors for the operation
of their equipment for construction purposes at the locations as directed.
The Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all other temporary
light and power wiring as required for the completion of 'the work.
The Contractor.shal'1•pay for all current for temporary lighting
and power for all trades.
5. RACEWAYS 0
All raceways shall be either rigid metal conduit or electrical metallic
tubing, unless noted otherwise, except that steel conduit protected solely
by enamel shall not be used without prior approval of the Engineer. No
electrical metallic tubing larger than 4 inch electrical trade size shall
be used. Raceway fittings may be threaded or threadless,
entrance. and fittings
buried in concrete or fill shall be of a type designed to prevent moisture
No conduit smaller than 1/2 inch electrical trace size shall be used,
and no single run shall have more than the equivalent of 4-90 degree bends.
Conduit shall be supported every 10 feet or less, and no conduit bends
smaller than those permitted by the National Electrical Code shall be
used. All exposed raceways attached to the wall shall be run parallel
or perpendicular to the floor. Sleeves of adequate size shall be provided
in all floors, walls or beams for passage of conduit.
Conduit shall be reamed with burrs removed and shall be lock nutted
and bussed where entering boxes or cabinets, except where threaded hubs
are used. Electrical continuity shall be maintained through all fittings
and joints. Conduit ends shall be capped or plugged as soon as possible
after installation and shall remain so until just prior to pulling of
wires, at which time all moisture remaining in conduit shall be removed.
6• CONDUCTORS
Wires and cables shall be of copper and shall be covered with installation
of thermoplastic or rubber and shall have a temperature rating of 75 dearees,
C., unless otherwise noted. No conductors smaller than No. 12, AW , will
be permitted.
E
IX-2
Conductors shall be continuous without joint or splice between outlet or
junction boxes. Splices and joints shall be soldered and covered with t..,o
• layers of half -wrapped plastic electrical tape, unless solderless connectors
of the correct size are used. All secondary conductors shall be color coded
according to the requirements of the National Electrical Code.
Every wire shall be tagged at each junction, pull, and outlet box and at
the panelboard of motor control center. Each conductor group shall have an
identifying number, and these numbers shall be keyed to the panelboard
directory or the control center schematic.
7. GROUNDING
s
•
All service entrance equipment, panelboards, motor starters, junction,
Pull and outlet boxes, motor frames, and all other electrically operated
equipment shall be grounded, unless specifically excepted on the drawings.
a. PUT.T. PnYF c
Junction and pull boxes shall be of metal, with metal covers, and shall
be located by the Contractor as needed. Thev shall be of a size determined
by the number of conductors contained, as tabulated in the National Electrical
Code, but in no case shall they be smaller than 4 inch octagonal. Boxes
located outdoors or in damp locations shall be gasketed so as to be watertight.
9. OUTLET 3O', ES
Outlet boxes shall be made of metal and shall be coated or plated to
prevent rust or corrosion. (Add existing spec. 1)
Surface mounted boxes shall be of the surface mount type F.S. with
threaded hubs and without knockouts. Boxes mounted outdoors shall have
gasketed covers and shall be waterproof.
Fixture studs shall be provided in boxes where necessary. Recessed out-
let boxes shall be fitted so that the front edge is flush with the finished
• surface.
0
10. SWITCHES
All switches not specifically noted on the drawings are assumed to be
toggle switches of either the A.C. - D.C. or A.C. only types, provided that
A.C. - D.C. switches shall have a T rating of not less than 20 AMPS and A.C.
only switches shall be rated at not less than 20 Amps. A.C. only switches
Shall have silver alloy contacts.
Switches mounted outside shall be of the lock type using a standard key
Operator. Two keys per building shall be furnished by the Contractor.
All switches shall be specification grade only, and all toggles shall be
the sane color.
IX-3
Combination devices will not be accepted without prior approval of
the Engineer.
11. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE PLATES
Switch and receptacle plates shall be metal with natural smooth finish.
Where devices are ganged, gang type plates shall be used.
Covers for F.S. boxes shall be designed specifically for that use.
Where receptacles or switches are mounted outside, the plates shall
be of metal, but they may have a protective coating of plastic or rubber.
The plates shall be provided with gaskets and spring loaded lift covers.
12. RECEPTACLES
All receptacles on 125 V.A.C. circuits shall be 3-wire
grounding,
parallel blade, duplex type, specification grade, rated 15A,unless noted
otherwise. All receptacles shall be designed to accept /
and
non -polarized caps, and shall be provided with 2 feeds and o2areturns.
Ground connection shall be made to outlet box or conduit.
13. PANELBOARDS
Panelboards shall be dead -front type and shall be manufactured in
accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., standard for panelboards.
The Panelboards shall include automatic short circuit and over -current
Protective devices of the molded circuit breaker type. All multi -pole
breakers shall be so designed that an overload on one pole automatically
causes all poles of the circuit breaker to open. The circuit breakers
shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting rating of 5,000 amperes,
unless otherwise noted.
Circuit breakers shall be assembled in accordance with the panel
schedules included on the drawings. Design shall permit replacement of
individual breakers without disturbing adjacent units or without disturbing
main bus or branch circuit connectors. Interior design shall permit changing
of branch circuits or the addition of circuit breakers to future spaces
without additional machining, drilling, or tapping. Main bus bars and
branch circuit connectors shall be made of copper. In -and -out adjustment
of the panel interior shall be provided. Panel bussing shall be arranged
to maintain sequence phasing throughout. Circuit numbers shall be provided
for each pole space or breaker space as shown on the panel schedules.
Cabinets shall be manufactured in accordance with Underwriters' Labora-
tories, Inc., standard for cabinets and boxes and shall provide a minimum
Of four inches wiring gutter on all sides. Cabinet fronts shall include
doors with semi -concealed hinges and a directory frame with circuit directory
bOf ehind clear plastic mounted on back of door. Means for trims shall be providedgroper alignment
installed in all panels. . The directory card shall be typewritten and
in
IX1+ 0
A typewritten directory shall be installed in all panels clearly indica-
ting the use of each branch circuit and indicating all spares. This directory
shall be installed on the inside of the panel door in a metal frame with a
plastic cover.
14. MOTORS
Motors shall be of the sufficient size for the duty to be performed and
shall not exceed their full rated load when the driven equipment is operating
at specified capacity. As a further guarantee against overloading, the manu-
facturer shall be responsible for providing motors for all equipment that will
not become overloaded at any point through the entire range of performance of
the connected equipment. Motors installed in buildings shall have Class "A" insulation and classification based on 401 C. rise. Motors installed outside
shall be weatherproof type unless otherwise shown. Motors rated 1 horsepower
or less shall have overload protection built in.
/
15. CCMBINATIGN CIRCUIT BREAKER MOTOR STARTERS
Each starter shall be provided with a legend plate as shown on the draw-
ing. Magnetic
combination starters with circuit breaker shall contain as an
individual unit in
a common enclosure with the starter, an externally operable
circuit breaker or at least
minimum frame size to meet the horsepower require-
ments in accordance with NEHA Standards, but in
no case shall the frame size
be smaller than ED frame. Circuit breaker handle shall have "On," "Off,"
"Trinced"
and
positions. The load side of the circuit breaker shall be factory
wired to the line side of the starter. The overload relay shall be three
coil
thermal type, with free tripping mechanism. The heater coils shall be
adjustable,
and shall be supplied with the starter. Cover control shall be
as shown on the drawings. Enclosure
shall be NE.,A 1, unless otherwise sneci-
fied on the drawings. Where additional
electrical interlocks are required,
they shall be normally open and/or normally closed
as specified on the draw-
ings, and shall be factory mounted. Where
Where required on the drawings, supply
control circuit transformer, with a
secondary, to provide 110 volt control
circuit voltage. The
transformer shall be factory installed and wired in the
starter enclosure, and the
.
starter shall be provided with a 110 volt magnet
coil. Low voltage protection shall be
provided. Starters shall be horsepower
rated and sized in accordance with applicable
NEIA Standards, and heater coil
selection information and appropriate
wiring diagrams shall be supplied with
each starter.
•
Magnetic, reduced voltage, non -reversing, single speed starters shall be
Wye Delta (Star -Delta) type. Closed transition and definite time limit accelet-
ation shall be provided. Starters shall be designed to provide approximately
33', of. normal inrush current and 331. of normal starting torque.
Magnetic, across -the -line, standard non -reversing, two speed starters
shall consist of the necessary magnetic contactors, mechanically and electri-
cally interlocked between speeds, and a three coil overload relay for each
speed mounted in a common enclosure. Internal connections from the load
terminals of the contactors to the overload relays shall be factory wired.
Loco voltage protection shall be provided.
IX-5
The magnetic contactors shall be of pivoted armature design, and
connectors shall be provided for line, load, and control terminals. Starter
shall be suitable for use with consequent pole (reconnectable winding)
motors having a single winding providing a two to one speed ratio, providing
constant or variable torque as required by the load.
16. BRANCH CIRCUITS
The drawings indicate the conduit layout for the various branch circuits.
Where there are more than two wires in any conduit, the number of wires
are indicated. If the Contractor has any reason for changing the indicated
arrangement, he shall assume full responsibility for the change which
must be approved by the Engineer.
17. MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
Motor Control Centers shall be designed in accordance with NE:'A Standards
and shall be NE`-1A Class II, Type C. The Motor Control Center shall consist
Of independent vertical sections, free standing on channel iron sills '
with sections bolted together to make u the center. The be arranged for front mounting, p structure shall
Each section shall be dead front, and real access shall not be necessary
for connections. All door openings shall be gasketed. The top of each
section shall have access to the horizontal feeder bus and shall have
sufficient space for conduit entry.
A minimum of 12 gauge steel shall be used throughout the structure,
including all doors and plates. Each section shall contain three vertical
bus bars running the full working height of the section and connected
to the horizontal feeder bus bars. The vertical bus bars shall be braced
to withstand a minimum of 24,000 amperes R1,1S fault current. A vertical
wiring trough shall run the full working height of each section and shall
be equipped with cable tie clamps. The vertical wiring trough shall be
designed as to allow installation wiring to the units with the unit doors
open but with the units in place. •
Circuit breakers shall be interlocked with the door so that the door
cannot be opened with the breaker in the "on" position, except through
a hidden release mechanism. The operating handle shall be arranged for
Padlocking in the "off" position. Motor starters shall be as described
herein.
Enclosures shall be NE.'1A I unless otherwise specified. Door mounted
accessories and controls shall be as shown on the drawings. Control and
interlock wiring shall be as shorn on the drawings, and all changes must
be approved by the Engineer.
18. LIGHTING FIXTUPWS
All lighting fixtures shall be provided with lamps, ballasts ,
and other A ' nec�ssary ecuipment as shoc,n on -- � starters
s
the drawines. Fluorescent la:-,ps Is
IX-6
shall be cool white unless otherwise noted, and fluorescent and mercury
ballasts shall be high power factor type. Incandescent lamps shall be inside
frosted unless otherwise noted. Fluorescent fixtures shall be fused, and 5
spare fuses of each size shall be provided by the Contractor.
All fixtures shall be installed true and plumb and shall be clean and
free of dirt or grease.
19. FINAL TFSTS
All wiring installed under this Contract shall be tested for proper
connections, short circuits and grounds. These tests shall be conducted with
the aid of suitable testing instruments and in the presence of the Engineer's
appointed representative.
At the time of final inspection and test, all connections at panels,
switches,
etc., and all splices must be made. All fuses must be in place and
all
circuits continuous from point of service connections to all switches,
receptacles, outlets, etc. Each separate branch circuit with receptacles
and switches connected shall test free from short circuits and grounds, and
shall have
a minimum insulating resistance between conductors and ground of
11000,000
ohms. If fixtures, lampholders or appliances are also connected,
the
minimum resistance shall be 500,000 ohms.
Each motor with its control shall be run as nearly as possible under oper-
ating conditions for
a sufficient length of time to demonstrate correct alicn-
ment, wiring, capacity, speed and satisfactory operation. All main switches
and circuit breakers shall be operated, but not necessarily at full load.
Tests shall be made of the entire grounding system for continuity of
con-
nections and for resistance to the flow of current through ground connections.
The
ground resistance of conduits, equipment cases, and supporting frames
shall
not vary appreciably from that of the system as a whole.
20. INTERFERENCE AND ERRONEOUS LOCATIONS
The locations of equipment devices, outlets, and similar items, as indi-
cated on the drawings, are approximate only, and exact locations will be deter-
mined
and approved by the Engineer during construction.
The Contractor shall verify in the field all data and final locations of
work done
under other sections of the specifications required for the placing
of electrical
work. He shall make all field measurements necessary for his
work and shall be
responsible for their accuracy.
In case of interference with other work or of erroneous location with
respect to equipment or structures, the Contractor shall furnish all labor and
materials
to complete the work in an approved manner.
IX-7
21. PUMP CONTROL PANELS 40
A. General
The control panels shall be furnished by a manufacturer who is skilled
and experienced. All components and materials furnished in the system shall be
of a high quality by well known manufacturers. Each component shall be factory
mounted, wired, inspected and tested.
These specifications describe equipment as manufactured by Healy -Ruff
Company of St. Paul, Minnesota, or approved equal.
The workmanship and design of this equipment shall conform to all
national, state and local electrical codes and ordinances which apply.
The control manufacturer shall provide complete electrical schematic
diagrams showing all components and a description of operation as required to
adjust and service this equipment.
B. Wiring
All wiring shall be a flexible, stranded type and each conductor shall
be tagged and numbered in accordance with the manufacturer's wiring diagram.
All outgoing wires shall be connected to an outgoing terminal strip. All wires
shall be fastened to electrical components by solderless mechanical connectors
to facilitate replacement. All wiring shall be neatly tied and fastened to
chassis as required.
C. Nameplates
plate.
Each major component shall be identified by an engraved phenolic name-
D. Manufacturer's Guarantee
The selected equipment manufacturer shall guarantee that
and/or workmanship of the equipment be free from defects for a the materials
year from date of owner's acceptance. Period of one (1)
E. Manufacturer's Data and Drawi
The selected equipment manufacturer shall submit four (4) sets of the
following information for the engineer's approval.
1. Fabrication and nameplate legend drawings and internal wiring.
plied.
2. System schematic drawings illustrating all components being sup-
3- Any other information that the manufacturer feels will assist the
engineer with approval.
F. Enclosure Wall Mounted NE%Lz 1 •
The enclosure shall be wall mounted. Enclosure and door shall be fabri-
IX-8
cated of 14 gauge sheet steel rigidly formed and welded. Access shall be from
front only.
Scale and rough spots shall be removed and all surfaces grouted smooth.
• The entire unit shall be degreased, cleaned and treated with a phosphatizing
process. Healy -Ruff buff or other color finish enamel shall be applied over
a rust inhibitive primer. Main chassis plates shall be finished in an oven
baked white enamel. Sub -assembly modules shall be mounted on individual chassis
plates.
G. Finish Coatings
These specifications require that the control manufacturer produce a
special high quality finish on this equipment. Attention shall be given
to the preparation of all metal surfaces before painting. Scale, rust and
rough spots shall be removed and all surfaces ground smooth. All metal surfaces
shall be prepared for painting by a five step hot dip process wherein all parts
/ are totally immersed in the necessary preparation tanks. This process shall
C include a heavy duty soak cleaner, cleaner rinse, zinc phosphate coating, phos-
phate rinse and phosphate coating sealer. Iron phosphate shall not be considered
acceptable. The finish enamel must be oven baked at approximately 300°F for 30
• minutes. An air dry finish shall not be acceptable. Finish coating shall be
an acrylic enamel. This exact metal preparation is required to maintain rust
inhibitive surfaces on which corrosion will not creep under scratches or other
surface blemishes. These specifications are intended to provide maximum pro-
tection against corrosion and abrasion by requiring specific surface preparation
procedures and definite finish coating material. Certification of this process
including zinc phosphatizing, use of acrylic enamel and oven baking shall be
made available to the engineer upon request.
H. Circuit Breaker and Motor Starter
A circuit breaker and motor starter combination shall be supplied to
start each motor. The starters shall be full voltage across the line type
sized for the motor horsepowers as depicted on the project plans. Each starter
shall be provided with necessary auxiliary contacts for proper operation. Each
starter shall be provided with a suitable control power transformer to run the
starter coil and all other auxiliary devices on 120 volts power.
I. Selector Switches
A 3 position oil -tight selector switch shall be provided for each pump.
Each switch will be furnished with a nameplate to clearly indicate switch
Position (Hand -Off -Automatic).
J. Pilot Lights
All pilot lights shall be of the dim glow type which continuously glow
at low brilliance to verify condition of bulb and then burn at full brilliance
when energized. Each pilot light lens shall be color coded according to its
function. The dim glow feature shall be easily adjustable to compensate for the
surrounding light intensity.
K. '�lar.m S• -hem
The alarm system shall provide a visual and
Operating personnel of a system emergency. The alarm
IX-9
audible means of warning
system shall cc._si :t of
Each alarm silencer shall be a removable modular construction mounted
on a small chassis approximately 3}" wide and 41" high. Each alarm silencer 46
shall contain a red failure light and manual silencer button. An emergency shall
energize the pilot light and the audible alarm. The audible alarm shall be
silenced by the pushbutton, but the pilot failure light shall indicate failure
until the emergency condition has been corrected. The failure light shall auto-
matically reset when emergency is over. Multiple and recurring failures shall
not interfere with one another. The failure light shall be of the dim glow type.
L. Pump Failure Circuit
Pump failure circuits shall be furnished to prevent operation of any pump
which fails to deliver the proper discharge pressure when called for. Each
Pump failure circuit shall consist of a pressure switch, electronic time delay
relay and reset button. If after pump is called for, proper pressure is not
developed within an adjustable' Period of time, the time delay shall elapse and
control shall lockout the pump. Also all other safety control devices (i.e.
high pressure shut off, low water cut out) shall be incorporated as required per
the electrical schematics on the project plans. A manual reset shall be pro-
46
vided to restore operation.
Pressure assemblies shall be of a modular design mounted on a removable
plated chassis approximately 10 inches wide and 54" high. The pressure mechanism
shall be of the Roto-Trol type consisting of a phosphur bronze bellows with lever
and weight assembly to accurately transfer pressure changes in the system throuch
a rotating disc assembly to dust tight mercury switches. Each rotating lever and
hub shall be equipped with an enclosed ball bearing to maintain maximum repeata-
bility of original settings for extended periods of time. Each control point shall
be controlled by an individual mercury switch mounted on an adjustable switch holder.
Time delay relays shall be of the solid state electronic type with an
adjustable delay of 0 to.3 minutes. The time delay shall reset instantly to
restart the complete timing cycle when the pilot circuit is interrupted. The load
contacts shall be electrically isolated'from the timer.
•
IX-10
•
INDEX
SECTION X
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
•
•
•
•
INDEX
SECTION XI
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
11
•
V . l rRts R • �
�; '7-ice gyp( ♦ _-'r 3 jv'\•)ti' _t - Cu - • 1. crt
IL
.1�•a �, /. h.•� �.;.a {� .ram UD - 1
3
I - y
LA
01 or
pq
CID!. ILA
. to Gaa o Py,,;,,.
aLAC L r�(' 3�, m s
.Lk) oo �� 1-1 k 6- v SC l--t bbL+
IAo\)U -LAP, C LA5' 6Mc�� oN
MAY �9`t
w_
-3.
mm
-)VlI-I
ABC &INI Cob-�g
' ,�zE�lEzit�t �IIlYnt�T
PgpartmeTit of 1hc` nning allbr E�1E�II�ITTTETif
H. RON-ALD BERG
PLANNING, DIRECTOR
DOROTKEA L. STEFEN
ZONING ADMINISTRATOR
May 12, 1978
Mr. William H. Thomas, Jr.
c/o Howard Shockey & Sons, Inc.
P.'O. Box 2530
Winchester, Virginia 22601
Dear Mr. Thomas:
P. O.. BOX 601.
9 COURT SQUARE
WINCH ESTER. VIRGIN•IA 22601
Please be advised that the Site Plan for James Wood High School -- Apple Pie
Ridge Campus was approved by the Board of Supervisors on May 10, 1978. A
copy of the approved plan has been sent to Dr. Wright.
Sincerely,
C) G�J4' -d - 14—
Dorothea L. Stefen
Zoning Administrator.
DLS.: dsn .
cc: J. 0. Renalds, III, County Administrator
703/562-4532
' �r�e��rit.it (rouxt#g
3-ElFpnr#men# of 1hanning aub �D26elopmen#
H. RONALD BERG
PLANNING DIRECTOR
DOROTHEA L. STEFEN
ZONING ADMINISTRATOR
May 12, 1978
Dr. Melton Wright
Division Superintendent
Frederick County School Board
Post Office Box 578
Winchester, Virginia 22601
Dear Dr. Wright:
P. 0. Box 601
9 COURT SQUARE
WINCHESTER, VIRGINIA 22601
Enclosed please find a signed copy of the Site Plan for James Wood High School --
Apple Pie Ridge Campus as approved by the Board, of Supervisors on May 10, 1978.
If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me.
Sincerely,
. j
Dorothea L. Stefen
Zoning Administrator
DLS:dsn
Enclosure
cc: J. 0. Renalds, III, County Administrator
70-3/662-4532
. I I.
General Contracting, Design, Construction Management
P. O. Box 2530 / Winchester, Virginia 22601 / Phone (703) 667-7700
To: Virginia Department of Highways
C.onerce Street
Winchester. Virginia 22601
Attn: W. Reginald C. KLA9
We are forwarding: ❑ under separate cover
® herewith
Date March 28, 1978
Project: James Wood HiLrh School - Apple Pie
Ridge Campus
Frederick CountX, Virginia
X] Drawings
❑ Shop Drawings
O
COPIES
DRAWING NUMBER
COMPANY
DESCRIPTION OR TITLE
2
#1 3/24/78Hubert
T. Stratton
Phase I "Grading Drainage"
2
#2 3 24/78Hubert
T. Stratton A
Phase I "L out"
2
03 $ 04 3/24/78)
ert T. Stratton
Phase I "Profiles $ Retails"
Which are: KXSubmitted for your approval
❑ Returned for correction and resubmission
❑ Approved with corrections noted
❑ For your files
❑ Approved for construction
❑ Proceed with fabrication and forward to us prints for our file and field use
0
Remarks- We would appreciate an expeditious review of these drawings with your comments to
Mr. H. Ronald Berg, Director of Planning for Frederick County, before Friday,'Aiarch 31, 1978,
in order that these drawings
1978, meeting.
CC: Mr. H. Ronald Berg
Ikrector of Planning for
Frederick Cmmty
be placed More th
Very truly yours,
HOWARD SHOCKEY & SONS, INC.
By
William H. Thous, Jr.
Member Associated General Contractors of America
ppb-r8 -2 EN
502
42
vo
\� _ ___—\ _ __ __ �� ��■=ter___ __ _ _ — —
,
I ' I I I f I R * � \ , \ `' 11 , 1 1 , , � '-'• _ i 96
0
0
� � \ � ,_—'/ - �, --��•"
Of
� OC s►6 �� �' ;� � I � i i 1 I r � � f � I � � f , � f ' r i •\ \\ \ \ \ -- �,// / // /!
it
rI ' rIt
It
X,
ot
`' _ ' -mot - s' /"^-' ___- _ ��,. ._ _. __ _ - 1 _ '; \ \\ \ � ♦`. �.+�_�� _-'-,' /Ic
/ •// /� /� . �
! C
-------------
w tee
•
s
FREDERICK COUNTY
SCALE , V • 7 MILES
PAPKINC '-'SCHEDULE
---------------
----
----------------_
---------------------.
\'
4
1
I�
NOTE 5 ::;
BOUNDARY! SUR\/EY
LURAY , VIRGIN1A DATED
2. AERIAL TOPOGRAPHY
ROCKVILLE , MARYLAND.-
3. DATUM IS MEAN SEA I-
TROL BY J.R. HUD50N JR. C.L.
'TOBER 4, 1978.
UNIVERSAL ENGINEERIN% CO
•i
SSAAN�EVU�v
'-------- ' \
i
------
,
0 �
,
,
i
AP X/MNTE Lp�,g7/CAft O
n ST/aY /V TO P.4gV/DE ���
L�1M /c SERV/C� 9-,W F
P� 7 O/V.
e'A \WATER LINE
EX. SAN.SEW. LINE
n
JAMES WOOD_-
Tc
- - � �;+ - _tea_- --. -_-- 1 M_ O `�- ` \` �� ����►-��� / j / // j // j
_lam �' --' �----''+ ' ('� ``\ `\♦` �\ � \ (\ \\..+� // ///' ///// ,��i"['%Y',
Ica
too
_�, XISTING � �'/ � 1 l Vie.,• � �,``-,—� Ifs' ,_ �� `__�, /'`� �\�,"
ELEMENTARY II —
Ot itx
SCHOOL ` + 1
------------
V___---------
i
44
It
•� ' "'AAA ) ; �_� � r i (\/ I 1 � ( -_' - I t.�
I
A,II
5R LINE---- ------------
__-----------'�
SEW. UNE :� —= = ----I_ --___— �-=------- — —
S.R. 799 Kcal APPLE PlE MIDGE ROAp 1 toits x
TOTAL AREA OF SITE' 69.09Z ACRES
000-n�'S
a_
A.
PAAKWG 18CHEDULE
FACULTY �(1
SOUTH LOT (50)
L (35)
B3
FINAL SITE'
3TUNORTN
DENT
640
APPROV',
VISITOR
ATHLETIC
25
�_ ft{ � _DA
B
FIELD
80
--
TOTAL
800
EA
PRELIMMARY SITE PLCMES WOOD HIGHPPLE'•PIE RIDGE Ci
OR8' DISTRICT FREDERICK
i
51 *15 '33"w W A L T E R L. P H I L L
INCORPORATED
sn•42'oow CIVIL ENGINEERS LAND SURVEYORS
207 PARK AVENUE, FALLS CHURCH, VIRGINIA
Phone: (703) 532- 6163
�o��,fhLTN c
HUBERT T. STRATTON '
u REGISTRATION No.
1008 !
WIMCHESTEA. �
CAE* t11• G
r'PlEn A1< `
SITE PLC
SCALE 1"=100'
HUBERT T. STRATTON, A
WINCHESTER. VA. 22601
JOB NO. 0ATt,312�7c50WN,
s x t�+i_'.1F�'t �w �.�„�, `�-S f '� 3' � ��f`d4+i i N may, � L�t �°i� arc F' w y �Fy� 'Y^ Cd`e s'1 i .r S.� t n •v. dv ai �Mw{rl� rw ^e .r `�
/�,,,,� tom? � (,h i �'4r^ Y�+';� C ly; ,n ^`.r- {,pia � �,J ,T rt a• - * 'z` -
\. `}� `J�''�`'.+t"'`r.,.a iy?.w,`/` t�'e".y'�,.;.'-./�+3•a•1Z'�,"'°.,:.��99+`�"C: ,�-',�.w�st: rz.i^`.,.�iM;r�7.. _._ 1 ,.e..._ - . •^, .^+.` '_s5,+w'. .. ,-. �,`��;:a�Y+3 �?�eal ��•..;/T^'='" .
PARKING SCHEDULE
FACULTY
3OUTFd T (50)
\ I % IJORTN (35) 83
STUDENT 640 FINAL APPROVED
PLAN
V151TOR APPROVcD
zg ���-_DATEff4l2h_3ATHLETIC FIELD .yp
TOTAL 800
,
tPRELIMUINARY SITE PLAN
JAh4ES WOOD HIGH
SCHOO
L
No GAP LE PIE RIDGE CAMPUS
INESSOR ' DISTRICT
FREDERICK COUNTY VIRGINIA
ALTER
it I 510*151'33'•W L: PHI L L I P S
INCORPORATED
-- � 511'42"OOW
CIV ENGINEERS LAND SURVEYORS - PLANNERS
+r�i[ir 66.05, 207 PARK AVENUE, FALLS CHURCH, VIRGINIA 22046
_ Phone: (703)532-6163
$ALTH SITE PL11
AN
��NUBERTT.S DM x SCALE: Y'=100"
u REGISTRA No.
.1
C�WINCHEST G�. HUBERT T. STRATTON. AIA, ARCHITECT
t5l. WINCHESTER, VA. 22601 PHONE 862.1201
JOB NO. DATA 3%2�78DWN 13
DWO. NO.
---------------
OD4-18-1
4 ft, 91gII
MA
N 8 I ol
►�' " " SE SHEET 2 =
0 MATCH LINE A
+A4a1'
�O
8?O / � � ' ' xlE
OD
' P AC ICE
0" /� /�,' 'FOOJ AI,L FIELD
B55 ,
\ WTR. +FPUN18 38 i'
- d42�
�
CID
00
THATCHING '
I 44,2
845 - - - 3� t
/ 4 42.
842 8 4 � --- _ � 84G ,
840— 838 T
-83a - _ - _ E/C _ _ 834 SED ENT {,
$38 T P S` ,
g-310 828�_,t \
\ I OD a OD
I i ►�.3 -r - T — ' •@39 • ; 8399 o 82 1.,
NN FUTSIRE i 2" E%C IC I —
F FUTURE
JYWT
�40 --- - FPUNTAIN .�l+, / 1 r I1R.
Qf83a.S •' J838.5
1 38 1 rya ?
1 � 834'
830 FIBER ! `���
( 1 ' 828 -� 'BARRIER M.
VA. ROUTE N0.
+ 0 Q „
Av, ,
`9 v * { -1-
1 N
40 It
- _ ; \k • � :� `•'' ` ry lam: 9u, '
1p
p�ECIA_ L NOTE 0�1 ATIUN - �\ \\ - _ - 9�z - _ ----- - END EL�ernrcQ�;
(E�(CEPT FOR BALLFIEL 1 - ` -- - _-- - CONDUIJ_-
` ` ` -
EXCAVATION SHALL BE� RIED _ �\ �� - _ "sl�z— ►+cE—_ _----- -
A MINIMUM OF 4� BELOW PppPOSED x,` �` • _ _ - 2�_-
} ELEVATION. 4 D£PTH OF _ PSOIL .'� \� _ O _ _ --- _
SHALL BE PLACED a SEED D PREPARED. ``.\ `� _ _ _ _ _
I'/ERSION — - - - _ - - ---- _
ERM _ a2
------------
s: IS"RCP
TYPE
91-SLLYPP
906.2
=L FiiR ^FtCIAL PREPARATION
- PLAYING FIELD AREA, SEE
12
TYP. SECTION ON SHEET 5 .,G/
i 9�0 1 oP
90d.'C
i905.8'\ . I-10(*PE'4)
t I I I
1
EX. WIM I Ilr 1 I 9SD 'I 'NOT I L --- - •
USE ST-R9WRAI£
a 1 II S LTi BARRIERS
� ,�Rp1ND ALL WLET;S
L{y 1 4.906.� I �i 905
'PA NG
STOR� LAT, A-2
EX 5 ` RM �I 4 £ 4) ly'FiCP J6 6,•ELIEICtiY IOr
- SEWERI I COND
1 240 I.f."g,"a O 50'Io -
EX. d' 1
CO NEC ^
CONNECT EX. 2" WIM
r OUTSIDE PUILDING. EX
MO
I- 2•.x 4' REWICER 1 1=
1-2 900 E'_BOW
---
1 ♦V , . 1 • O
1 11 `1
_IU E � • � � �. � 1 , , e
' 1 : U3' s4RAw eelL
.. ,
A R,itl E•
`l I ,,. ,�
=V 934.33 1 �; �: :;,•'; ,.'r' .'MAIN/B� tlD
' Q
fir'
�-' rw 1 1 � r� 1: ,
-E
2_ 4" 9CP ELWV,
b• STUE
—-
O
ieF�: KfN6
-
6" ELEC. CC
�----
i
BA
S
J
(VTr2. F12UbTATN_-'"B
f
92_`
to
iJ r
r,.
I
"P�l
00 +
rn o
92
. �: sistva � .. L tml s- CF--` -
• -- ---pFSiUFs6EQ_ AREA 9
918
JUTE
p� - THATCHING
wo
'Dv r
Z NOTE4-'Att, btlLITY •GIDQS$17VG5 OP, LAITFNO'
(FIELD •AREAS TO a }Ns LLED--
a ,IN 6R,10ING $S M $ WLrfR - Q
WTR. LIT A �-
-
T - 90`6.2
y 1-3 STORA� AT. p—�1_ -FsOj
(TYPE 4) 19 R P �" 4Q
FE
90,4 ` SILrT FENCE7(
CONDUIT t �� - - _ V
02
1-2 l
o U171�1�
mom
' 2 w/9F'
r, ELEC
qNUUIT
Il M
sTLWaq
,i"
ING
890 _ ' 'A A Nb. a
• `
vl' -Y
7-1
CONNICT TO
EXIS , G SEWER
O
ckd. )°b number.
'' ,a date: OCTO B E R 1984
designed by: C_E. MADDOX , J R.
draNn by T W. PRICE
_ ......d by C F mz\nncx ,iR
-A F2yr(MG+_�906.�t ! _
1 1
0. 2,
+ 7 _
' STMM LAT. A-2 +
IM
SEWERI ` III , I 4 EX. Sr)pm''' TYF£ 4) ' 6"ELEC
1 j JB QOt116U['� 10'-
2 - 4" 90' EL 60MIS 5
ND
OE - b" STUB-
SPFA'L;y_ iR6 1 6" ELEC. CONDUIT
EX.I dl 1 - - /- ST1:� FENCE
CONNECT EX. 2" W/M CO. NEC 6 TOR To~-
�r OUTSIDE PU.LD;NG. MA MOLES
1-?,,x 4' 4E['ICER90 El -BOW
I 's-� 1' ��•� �.�= ---'� r r �' ��
1 BA�
8 8
-4
E ,' 1 '- 1 I I I s----WTR. E12UNTATIP --
--ram i IB , yh 8zJ6 94
6" El C CIONDYI
•
�- 1 z "fi. V. 81 6cx
MM�P qC' r /' / , �- 1 - 4"x2"x ¢'_�E ��- E,•
.W 1 r ` ' ;r, •'' ' )p ET , , / / ,`.' 2� LEC.
UI
C.
34.E I 1 /; EyCIRY[
,'MAIN/ B
J.
♦r--'1rl
V I,
4.
AFc A
go
/ / / i '%� •" TEMPORARY-
�O
D, _ DIVERSION R
h ; ",a TYPE a BEM .'
875-- \
r 870
dl
g EX. STORM WATER
i/ , - - -- -__ 1 ,' ! DETENTION STRUCTURE ; 1
-_ _ 1 ' (CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAI
_
' THIS STR ICTURFO911�.' _ ^ _--
_I FON T1Iq F!!T T
�4
.0
±
.
O
N
M
gilbert w cliff ssociates, inc.
ENGINEERS - LAND PLANNERS
150•C Olds Greenwich Driw SURVEYORS
Fredericksburg, Virginia 22401 (703) 898-2115
20 Sou
Winchester, Virginia 2260
(TYPE 4 I S' R p ` QQ S 7
- - 904 SIL'T FENCEy
77
JD- _ E`er-9 / WAtEA
W/w� XI
T li' /YP!- F U, TAI ,/ / ' /' /' /�'•/ �i,
C.
iT
EL
EX STORM_\
r _DRAINTO OPEN INLET \ ` - ' y'' / d , _ •'y -
wll� (SEE 0ET4P_ ON SHT. 3
EX pp , Tyrs 2 cove -A): \ ", ' // /
RAISIL TO SJRJMAC6 r OP
—885
880
35 //� , / , , / . •.
,
/ 2 � W1/ l
\ \
°I 1°
Jug = -19. s
MAfcH LINE
8
0
+
OD
Immup—
E/ .,
r �T
ro
r
A (SF, S>aEET 3�
CI,A R'�3>
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL
( Ridge Campus)
PHASE I
SITE GRADING & UTILITIES
20 SOum Cameron Street
ma 22601 (703) 667 2139
IFVEOERICK COUNTY.
�I
Q I
3 PAVED
,L E' I;,ANCE
C� I FE VDH67
lD
<Y
50 L(
lfl I5 CMA
/ I W/ ARED
� ND S CTIDN,
scale
I" = 601
sheet
2
of
VI RGI NIA 12
�rEti$riC� �� QLIIi�1�
i2partmient of 11-hinning an `= 'Pbdnpuaent
H. RONALD BERG P. O. BOX 601
PLANNING DIRScrOR REVIEW and CMHENT EVALUATION 9 COURT
DOROTHEA L. STEFEN WINCHESTER. VIRGINIA 22601
ZONING ADMINISTRATOR (To Items 1, 2, 3)
1 /X4 Department of Public Works ATTN Thomas Maccubbin
7_X/ Sanitation Authority , ATTN Wellington Jones
2 / / VA. Department of Highways and Transportation, ATTN
7—X/ Zoning Administrator , ATTN Dorothea L. Stefen
3 /X/ Planning and Development Director ATTN H. Ronald Berg
4 / / REZONING /x/ SITE PLAN / / CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT / / SUBDIVISION
5 /X)7 ENCLOSURES Site Plan for James Wood High School - Apple Pie Ridge Campus
6 PROPERTY OWNERS
7 Representative(s) William H. Thomas, Jr., Howard Shockey & Sons, Inc., P. 0. Box 767, Wincheste:
Va., 22601 (667-7700)
8 .....advised by copy of this form of responsibility to contact above -checked office(s)
concerning this application as soon as possible.
9 .....advised by copy of this fora that above-describecl.office(s) have been requested
to submit a review comment.
1 10 PROPERTY LOCATION
1 11 PROPOSED USE
Gainesboro District
12 TOTAL ACREAGE
13 Your REVIE14 MNMENTs would be appreciated no later than as soon as pow ihl
19
.14 BY H. Ronald Berg DATE March 28,__1978
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 For your REVIE14 =,LHE2:TS:
Central water and sewer is available to the property. Present water
ssure is insufficient to serve the school, therefore booster pumps
must be provided. The site plan does not show a booster station for .
these pumps
16 For your SIGNATURE
703/662-41532
DATE 3 r,"7
RECEI VEZ) MM- 2 e 1978
J�rjeberich 1i vuutu
epartment of jilannins alr� �D-g5elayment
H. RONALD BERG
P. O. BOX 6o1
PLANNING DIRBCrOR
REVIEW and COMENT EVALUATION
s COURT SDUARE .
❑OROTHEA L. STEFEN
(TO Items 1, 2, 3}
WINGHESTER. VIRGINIA 22601
ZONING AD4INISTRATOR
1 /XL Department of Public Works
ATTN
Thomas Maccubbin ✓
]X/ Sanitation Authority
, ATTN
Wellington Jones
2 / / VA. Department of Highways
and Transportation, ATTN
7_X/ Zoning Administrator
, ATTN
Dorothea L. Stefen
3'/X/ Planning and Development Director
ATTN
H. Ronald Berg
4 / / REZONING /x/ SITE PLAN / / CONDITIONAL
USE PERMIT / / SUBDIVISION
5 /XV ENCLOSURES Site Plan for James Wood High School - Apple Pie Ridge Campus
6 PROPERTY ONMERs
7 Representative(s) William H. Thomas, Jr., Howard Shockey & Sons, Inc., P. 0. Box 767, Wincheste
Va., 22601 (667-7700)
8 .....advised by copy of this form of responsibility to contact above -checked office(s)
concerning this application as soon as possible.
9 .....advised by copy of this form that above -described, office(s) have been requested
to submit a review comment.
10 PROPERTY LOCATION
111 PROPOSED USE
Gainesboro District
12 TOTAL ACREAGE
---- --------------- ----------------=-----------------------------------------------------------
13 Your REVIE14 CO:iMENTs would be appreciated no later than as soon as possible 5 19
14 BY H. Ronald Berg DATE March 28, 1978
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 For. your REVIEW CO`EE;NTS:
16 For your SIGNATURE
l_ An10 T S 7-:Lj461-4l4"_ /'�X& 1T Qo?
11
DATE_ 3j Z, />e—
T--
703; 662- :532
���
��V �� �A� 2 � ���
• ,.�zEaECiC�t U-i11Ilt#�1 .
Dr.par$mEn# of TLanning alibi
H. RONALD BERG
PLANNING DIRECTOR
P. O. Box 601
DOROTHEA L. STEFEN 9 COURT SQUARE
ZONING ADMINISTRATOR WINCHESTER, VIRGINIA 22601
m e m o r a n d u m
March 28, 1978
TO: Reginald C. King
FROM: H. Ronald Berg, Planning and Development Director
SUBJECT: Site Plan for James Wood High School
William H. Thomas, Jr., -of Howard Shockey and Sons, Inc., will
provide you with two complete sets of the site plan for James Wood
High School - Apple Pie Ridge Campus. I would appreciate receiving
your comments on this site plan as soon as possible.
HRB:btr
cc: County Administrator
703/662-4532
JOHN E. HARWOOD, COMMISSIONER
LEONARD R. HALL, BRISTOL. BRISTOL DISTRICT
HORACE G. FRALIN. ROANOKE,.SALA.M DISTRICT
THOMAS R. GLASS, LYNCHBURG, LYNCHBURG DISTRICT
MORRILL M. CROWE. RICHMOND. RICHAfOND DISTRICT
WILLIAM T. ROOS, YORKTOWN. SUFFOLK DISTRICT
WILLIAM T. ROBINSON, WEST POINT, FREDERICKSBURG DISTRICT
RALPH A. BEETON. FALLS CHURCH, CULPEPER DISTRICT
ROBERT S. LANDES. STAUNTON, STA U.NTON DISTRICT
T. RAY HASSELL, III, CHESAPEAKE, AT LARGE -URBAN
CHARLES S. HOOPER. JR.. CREWE. AT LARGE -RURAL
COMMONWEALTH of VIRGINIA
DEPARTMENT OF HIGHWAYS & TRANSPORTATION
1221 EAST BROAD STREET
RICHMOND, 23219
March 30, 1978
Mr. H. Ronald Berg
Planning Director
9 Court Square
Winchester, Va. 22601
Dear Mr. Berg:
LEO E. BUSSER, III
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER & CHIEF ENGINEER
T. ASHBY NEWBY
DIRECTOR OF ADMINISTRATION
J, M. WRAY, JR.
DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS
J. P. ROYER, JR.
DIRECTOR OF PLANNING
P. B. COLDIRON
DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING
H. R. PERKINSON, JR.
DIRECTOR OF PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
IN REPLY PLEASE REFER TO
P. 0. Box 443
Winchester, Va.2 2601
We are returning one set of the site plans for the Apple Pie Ridge
Campus of James Wood High School.
The plans appear to be satisfactory with the exception of the entrance
location. The proposed location has a very short sight distance to the east
and is not acceptable.
We have shown in red on the plans, a possible location which would
have adequate sight distance. We are reluctant to approve an entrance with
less then six hundred feet (600') of sight distance in both directions.
I will be glad to assist in any way possible in locating a safe entrance
location.
Sincerely yours,
John W. Chiles, Jr.
Resident Engi er
By: R. C. King
Asst. Reside t n 'neer
TRANSPORTATION - AMERICA'S LIFELINES
• �,rrbjerirk (E ountu
Fpartment of jjlanizicr 6Flupmeii#
H. RONALD BERG
PLANNI^iG DIRECTOR
AROTHSA L. STEFEN
ZONING ADVINISrRArOR
0
April 3, 1978
William H. Thomas, Jr.
Howard Shockey & Sons, Inc.
P. 0. BOX 767
Winchester, Virginia 22601
Dear Mr. Thomas:
C % T- t:r
cf % 1 7;l7 p
P. O. 13Ox Got
9 COURT SQUARE
WINCHESTER. VIRGINIA 22o01
We have completed the initial review of the site plan for James Wood -
Apple Pie Ridge Campus. As we discussed them in my office April 3, the
following additions and corrections should be made.
The site plan should indicate that booster pumps will be needed to
increase water pressure, and if possible the location of the booster station
should be shown.
The entrance roadway should be a minimwn of thirty (30) feet in width,
and it should be level from the edge of pavement on Route 739 for a distance
of fifty (50) feet and then the grade may increase. The proposed ten percent
(10%) grade on the entrance roadway is not desirable and other locations
should be explored to reduce the grade, but retaining the maxi -um possible
sight -distance on Route 739. Would you please also provide me with the Vehicle
trips per day anticipated for the main entrance.
Individual parking •places must be shown in the parking area and the school
bus loading area should be shown along with information on the maximum number
of buses expected at any given time.
The area north of the school site should be indicated as future athletic
fields or whatever the future intended use may be.
Thank you for meeting with me Monday. If. you have any questions concerning
these requirements, please contact me.
HRB: btr
cc: J. 0. Renalds, III,
Dr. Melton Wright
Reginald C. King
Hubert Stratton
Sincerely,
COUNTY OF FREDERICK, VIRGINIA
E. Ronald Berg
Director of Planning and Development
county Administ_ator
) T-F M
V1.7%-7S
HOWARD fHOCKEY EY fCni, im.
General Contracting, Design, Construction Management
P.O. Box 2530 / Winchester, Virginia 22601 / Phone (703) 667-7700
April 10, 1978
Frederick County Director of Planning
9 Court Square
Winchester, Virginia 22601
Attention: Mr. H. Ronald Berg
RE: James Wood High School -
Apple Pie Ridge Campus
Frederick County, Virginia
Site Plan
Gentlemen:
In response to your letter of April 3, 1978, we have ccmpiled the additional
information requested and herewith offer it for your use:
1) On April 4, 1978, we supplied you with six (6) copies of this
project's Preliminary Site Plan dated Rev.#1 4/3/78 which denotes
the following:
a) Possible location of booster pump station.
b) The number of parking spaces planned for each parking area,
c) Proposed future use of area north of the building structure.
2) A thirty (30) foot wide entrance from Route 739 to the property line, and a
fifty (50) foot long level landing at the intersection of the entrance and
Route 739 will be implemented on the final site plan.
3) The anticipated vehicle trips per day for the main entrance are two thousand
(2000).
4) The bus loading area is shown as that section of the school's roadway
system bounded by the building structure and the student parking lot
including the circle. The maximum number of buses expected at any given
time in the bus loading area is twelve (12).
Member Associated General Contractors of America
' HOWARD $HOCKEY & SONS, INC.
Frederick County Director of Planning
April 10, 1978
Page 2
5) On Friday, April 7, 1978, representatives of the Commonwealth of
Virginia Department of Highways and Transportation inspected the
building site in order to determine the most feasible location for
the main entrance along Route 739. Their conclusion was that the
most feasible location for the entrance was that as already illustrated
on the site plans. Since the Highway Department concurs with our
location of the main entrance and the building elevation has been set
based on site topography, the grade of the entrance roadway remains
unchanged from that indicated on the drawings.
It is our hope that this information is sufficient to allow the project to be
placed before the Frederick County Planning Commission at its next regularly scheduled
meeting (April 19, 1978), and request that you enlighten us to this possibility.
Very truly yours,
HOWARD SHOCKEY $ SONS, INC.
I B WE 0�7'
William H. Thomas, Jr.
WrPT,Jr.: j j
cc: Dr. Wright
Mr. Stratton
Mr. Anderson
Mr. Tang
�F F " I
JOHN E. HARWOOD, COMMISSIONER - LEO E. BUSSES, III //, / / / 7 J�
OE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER & CHIEF ENGINE
LEONARD R. HALL. BRISTOL. BRISTOL OI.STRICT
HORACE G. FRALIN, ROANOKE..SALEA/ DISTRICT
THOMAS R, GLASS. LYNCHBURG. LYNC'HBURG DISTRICT
MORRILL M. CROWE, RICHMOND, RICHMOND DISTRICT
WILLIAM T. ROOS. YORKTOWN, SUFFOLK DI.S7'RIC7
WILLIAM T. ROBINSON. WEST POINT, FREDE'RICK.SBURG DISTRICT
RALPH A. BEETON. FALLS CHURCH, C'UIYEPLR DISTRICT
ROBERTS. LANDES. STAUNTON,.ST7 UNTO.N DISTRICT
T. RAY HASSELL. III. CHESAPEAKE. AT LARGE -URBAN
CHARLES S. HOOPER. JR.. CREWE. AT LARGE -RURAL
COMMONWEALTH ®f VIRGINIA
DEPARTMENT OF HIGHWAYS & TRANSPORTATION
1221 EAST BROAD STREET
RICHMOND, 23219
Mr. H. Ronald Berg
Planning Director
9 Court Square
Winchester, VA 22601
Dear Ron:
T. ASHBY NEWBY
DIRECTOR OF ADMINISTRATION
J. M. WRAY, JR.
DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS
J. P. ROYER, JR.
DIRECTOR OF PLANNING
P. B. COLDIRON
DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING
H. R. PERKINSON, JR.
DIRECTOR OF PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
IN REPLY PLEASE REFER TO
Edinburg, VA 22824
April 12, 1978
I have received a copy of Mr. W'. ft. Thomas Jr.'s letter of April 10,
1978, and Bill is correct as far as he goes in item 5. The proposed
entrance is the only feasible location from an economic and grading
point of view into this extremely hilly site.
Even at this proposed entrance, there is a problem with sight distance
to the east (to the left of a driver exiting from the proposed entrance)
on Rt. 739. _A large depression or dip in Rt. 739 will have to be filled
in, thereby raising the road several feet for a distance of approximate-
ly four hundred feet. This must be done to provide adequate sight dis-
tance coming out of the school entrance. I am certain that this work
must be done at the School Board's (County) expense. The reasoning is
that this section of Rt. 739 is entirely adequate and satisfactory at
the present time, but the new school entrance will create an unsafe
condition. Therefore, it is up to the party creating the condition to
alleviate it.
Dr. Wright does not agree with the thought that the School Board is re-
sponsible for this work and has sent in a letter asking the Department
of Highways and Transportation to absorb the cost. 1 have forwarded
his request on through channels and will respond when I receive a reply.
In summary, we have approved the proposed entrance contingent upon the
necessary improvements being made to Rt. 739.
Very truly yours,
ohn W. Chiles, Jr.
Resident Engineer
cc - Mr.
W.
F.
McCormick
Mr.
R.
C.
King
Dr.
W.
F.
Wright
Mr.
W.
H.
Thomas, Jr.
JWCjr/dke
TRANSPORTATION - AMERICA'S LIFELINES
R CEBV�-® APR 1 3 1974
i JUAR®lKMEY WOnt.. IX
General Contracting, Design, Construction Management
P. O. Box 2530 / Winchester, Virginia 22601 / Phone (703) 667-7700
April 13, 1978
Frederick County Director of Planning
9 Court Square
Winchester, Virginia 22601
Attention: Mr. H. Ronald Berg
RE: James Wood High School -
Apple Pie Ridge Campus
Frederick County, Virginia
Considered Entrance Road Locations
Gentlemen:
In response to your verbal request of April 13, 1978, that we expand upon item
number five (#5) of our transmittal of April 10, 1978, to relate the alternate entrance
locations considered and why they were deemed undesirable, we offer the following:
1) An entrance immediately off of Route 522 would have a grade in excess
of ten percent (10%).
2) An entrance off of Route 739 immediately north of the Apple Pie Ridge
Elementary School would separate that school from its outdoor activity
area and pose a hazard to that school's population.
3) An entrance off of Route 739 utilizing the existing 60' right of way on
the north property line would not improve upon the ten percent (10%)
grade.
4) An entrance off of Route 739 south of the Apple Pie Ridge Elementary School
would be in an existing horizontal curve on Route 739.
With reference to item number five (#5) of our transmittal of April 10, 1978, we
would like to reiterate that representatives of the Commonwealth of Virginia Department
of Highways and Transportation did consider all of the aforementioned locations and came
to the conclusion that the most feasible location for the entrance is that as already
illustrated on the site plans.
Very truly yours,
HOWARD SHOCKEY & SONS, INC.
�e
William H. Thomas, Jr.
WHT,Jr.:jj
cc: Dr. Wright
Mr. Stratton
Mr. Anderson
Mr. King Member Associated General Contractors of America
RECEIVED
" R 1 1978